1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 1999,
3 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the description of direct update
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
55 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
65 X expose events -----+
67 What does redisplay do? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
91 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking an iterator structure (struct it)
126 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
128 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
129 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
130 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
133 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
134 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
135 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
136 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
139 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
140 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
141 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
142 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
143 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
144 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
145 glyphs produced are discarded.
150 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
151 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
152 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
153 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
154 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
155 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
158 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
159 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
160 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
161 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
162 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
163 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
164 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
165 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
166 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
167 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
173 #include "keyboard.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
185 #include "termhooks.h"
186 #include "intervals.h"
189 #include "region-cache.h"
191 #include "blockinput.h"
193 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
203 #ifndef FRAME_X_OUTPUT
204 #define FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f) ((f)->output_data.x)
207 #define INFINITY 10000000
209 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
211 extern void set_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
212 extern int pending_menu_activation
;
215 extern int interrupt_input
;
216 extern int command_loop_level
;
218 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking
;
220 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise
;
221 extern Lisp_Object Vminibuffer_list
;
223 extern Lisp_Object Qface
;
224 extern Lisp_Object Qmode_line
, Qmode_line_inactive
, Qheader_line
;
226 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map
;
227 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
;
228 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item
;
229 extern Lisp_Object Qwhen
;
230 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
232 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map
, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
;
233 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions
, Vwindow_scroll_functions
;
234 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
235 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
;
236 Lisp_Object QCeval
, QCfile
, QCdata
, QCpropertize
;
237 Lisp_Object Qfontified
;
238 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only
;
239 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
;
240 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position
, Qposition
, Qobject
;
243 Lisp_Object Qbar
, Qhbar
, Qbox
, Qhollow
;
246 Lisp_Object Qarrow
, Qhand
, Qtext
;
248 Lisp_Object Qrisky_local_variable
;
250 /* Holds the list (error). */
251 Lisp_Object list_of_error
;
253 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
255 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions
;
256 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions
;
258 /* Non-zero means automatically select any window when the mouse
259 cursor moves into it. */
260 int mouse_autoselect_window
;
262 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
265 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
;
267 /* Non-zero means to reposition window if cursor line is only partially visible. */
269 int make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
;
271 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
273 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin
;
275 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
277 EMACS_INT tool_bar_button_relief
;
279 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
280 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
282 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p
;
284 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
285 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
286 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
288 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
290 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
292 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
, Qinhibit_redisplay
;
294 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
296 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
;
298 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
300 Lisp_Object Qdisplay
;
301 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qinvisible
, Qwidth
;
303 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
305 Lisp_Object Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
;
306 Lisp_Object Qspace
, QCalign_to
, QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
307 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin
, Qright_margin
, Qspace_width
, Qraise
;
310 Lisp_Object Qmargin
, Qpointer
;
311 Lisp_Object Qline_height
;
312 extern Lisp_Object Qheight
;
313 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
314 extern Lisp_Object Qscroll_bar
;
315 extern Lisp_Object Qcursor
;
317 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
319 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace
;
321 /* Non-nil means escape non-break space and hyphens. */
323 Lisp_Object Vshow_nonbreak_escape
;
325 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
326 extern Lisp_Object Voverflow_newline_into_fringe
;
328 /* Test if overflow newline into fringe. Called with iterator IT
329 at or past right window margin, and with IT->current_x set. */
331 #define IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE(it) \
332 (!NILP (Voverflow_newline_into_fringe) \
333 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f) \
334 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it->w) > 0 \
335 && it->current_x == it->last_visible_x)
337 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
339 /* Non-nil means show the text cursor in void text areas
340 i.e. in blank areas after eol and eob. This used to be
341 the default in 21.3. */
343 Lisp_Object Vvoid_text_area_pointer
;
345 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
347 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace
;
349 /* Name and number of the face used to highlight escape glyphs. */
351 Lisp_Object Qescape_glyph
;
353 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
358 /* The image map types. */
359 Lisp_Object QCmap
, QCpointer
;
360 Lisp_Object Qrect
, Qcircle
, Qpoly
;
362 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
365 int noninteractive_need_newline
;
367 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
369 static int message_log_need_newline
;
371 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
372 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
373 in handling memory-full errors. */
374 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1
;
375 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2
;
376 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3
;
378 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
379 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
380 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
381 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
383 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos
;
385 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
386 terminating newline. */
388 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos
;
390 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
392 static int this_line_vpos
;
393 static int this_line_y
;
394 static int this_line_pixel_height
;
396 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
397 negative if first character is partially visible. */
399 static int this_line_start_x
;
401 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
403 static struct buffer
*this_line_buffer
;
405 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
408 int truncate_partial_width_windows
;
410 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
412 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment
;
414 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
415 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
416 frame-title-format. */
420 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string
;
423 /* List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
424 The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
425 where to display overlay arrows. */
427 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
429 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
431 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position
;
433 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
435 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string
;
437 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay are stored as
438 properties on `overlay-arrow-position' symbol. However, if
439 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last-arrow-position is its
440 numerical position. */
442 Lisp_Object Qlast_arrow_position
, Qlast_arrow_string
;
444 /* Alternative overlay-arrow-string and overlay-arrow-bitmap
445 properties on a symbol in overlay-arrow-variable-list. */
447 Lisp_Object Qoverlay_arrow_string
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
;
449 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
451 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format
;
453 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
455 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format
;
457 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
458 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
461 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
463 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook
, Vmenu_bar_update_hook
;
465 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
467 static int overlay_arrow_seen
;
469 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
471 int highlight_nonselected_windows
;
473 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
474 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
476 static EMACS_INT scroll_step
;
478 /* Nonzero means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
479 screen, when appropriate. */
481 static EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively
;
483 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
484 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
485 pixel value by multiplying it with FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT, which means
486 that there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
488 EMACS_INT scroll_margin
;
490 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
491 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
496 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
498 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector
[3];
500 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
501 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
502 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
504 This variable is deprecated. */
506 int mode_line_inverse_video
;
508 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
510 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt
;
512 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
513 of the line that contains the prompt. */
515 int minibuf_prompt_width
;
517 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
518 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
519 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
521 Lisp_Object echo_area_window
;
523 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
524 pushes the current message and the value of
525 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
526 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
528 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack
;
530 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
531 message was specified. */
533 int message_enable_multibyte
;
535 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
537 int update_mode_lines
;
539 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
540 redisplay that finished. */
542 int windows_or_buffers_changed
;
544 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
546 int cursor_type_changed
;
548 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
551 int line_number_displayed
;
553 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
555 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit
;
557 /* Line width to consider when repositioning for line number display. */
559 static EMACS_INT line_number_display_limit_width
;
561 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
562 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
564 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max
;
566 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
568 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name
;
570 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
571 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
573 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer
[2];
575 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
577 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer
[2];
579 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
581 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
583 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
584 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
586 static int display_last_displayed_message_p
;
588 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
591 int message_buf_print
;
593 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
595 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update
;
596 int inhibit_menubar_update
;
598 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
599 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
600 specifying a number of lines. */
602 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height
;
604 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
605 lines instead of being continued. */
607 int message_truncate_lines
;
608 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines
;
610 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
611 of an emptied echo area. */
613 static int message_cleared_p
;
615 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
616 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
618 Lisp_Object Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
619 Lisp_Object Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
621 /* How to blink the default frame cursor off. */
622 Lisp_Object Vblink_cursor_alist
;
624 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
625 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
627 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
628 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row
;
629 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs
[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
];
631 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
633 static int last_max_ascent
, last_height
;
635 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
637 int help_echo_showing_p
;
639 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
640 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
641 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
643 int current_mode_line_height
, current_header_line_height
;
645 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
646 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
647 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
648 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
649 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
651 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
655 /* Variables to turn off display optimizations from Lisp. */
657 int inhibit_try_window_id
, inhibit_try_window_reusing
;
658 int inhibit_try_cursor_movement
;
660 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
663 int trace_redisplay_p
;
665 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
667 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
668 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
671 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
673 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
676 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
679 int automatic_hscrolling_p
;
681 /* How close to the margin can point get before the window is scrolled
683 EMACS_INT hscroll_margin
;
685 /* How much to scroll horizontally when point is inside the above margin. */
686 Lisp_Object Vhscroll_step
;
688 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
689 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
690 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
693 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows
;
695 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
697 struct buffer
*displayed_buffer
;
699 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
704 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
,
705 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
,
709 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
714 /* The name of the property. */
717 /* A unique index for the property. */
720 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
721 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
722 enum prop_handled (*handler
) P_ ((struct it
*it
));
725 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
726 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
727 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
728 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
729 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change
P_ ((struct it
*));
730 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
732 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
734 static struct props it_props
[] =
736 {&Qfontified
, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX
, handle_fontified_prop
},
737 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
738 `display' need to know the face. */
739 {&Qface
, FACE_PROP_IDX
, handle_face_prop
},
740 {&Qdisplay
, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX
, handle_display_prop
},
741 {&Qinvisible
, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX
, handle_invisible_prop
},
742 {&Qcomposition
, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX
, handle_composition_prop
},
746 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
747 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
749 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
751 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
755 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
758 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
759 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
,
761 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
764 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
768 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
769 be displayed truncated. */
772 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
776 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
777 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
778 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
781 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
782 static int clear_face_cache_count
;
784 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
786 static struct frame
*previous_terminal_frame
;
788 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
792 /* Non-zero means don't free realized faces. Bound while freeing
793 realized faces is dangerous because glyph matrices might still
796 int inhibit_free_realized_faces
;
797 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
;
799 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
800 (The display is done in read_char.) */
802 Lisp_Object help_echo_string
;
803 Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
804 Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
807 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
809 Lisp_Object previous_help_echo_string
;
811 /* Null glyph slice */
813 static struct glyph_slice null_glyph_slice
= { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
816 /* Function prototypes. */
818 static void setup_for_ellipsis
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
819 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
820 static int single_display_spec_string_p
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
));
821 static int display_prop_string_p
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
));
822 static int cursor_row_p
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
823 static int redisplay_mode_lines
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int));
824 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, char *, int));
827 static int invisible_text_between_p
P_ ((struct it
*, int, int));
830 static void pint2str
P_ ((char *, int, int));
831 static void pint2hrstr
P_ ((char *, int, int));
832 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions
P_ ((Lisp_Object
,
834 static void reconsider_clip_changes
P_ ((struct window
*, struct buffer
*));
835 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
836 static void store_frame_title_char
P_ ((char));
837 static int store_frame_title
P_ ((const unsigned char *, int, int));
838 static void x_consider_frame_title
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
839 static void handle_stop
P_ ((struct it
*));
840 static int tool_bar_lines_needed
P_ ((struct frame
*));
841 static int single_display_spec_intangible_p
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
842 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers
P_ ((void));
843 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
844 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data
P_ ((struct window
*));
845 static int with_echo_area_buffer
P_ ((struct window
*, int,
846 int (*) (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
),
847 EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
848 static void clear_garbaged_frames
P_ ((void));
849 static int current_message_1
P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
850 static int truncate_message_1
P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
851 static int set_message_1
P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
852 static int display_echo_area
P_ ((struct window
*));
853 static int display_echo_area_1
P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
854 static int resize_mini_window_1
P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
855 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
856 static int string_char_and_length
P_ ((const unsigned char *, int, int *));
857 static struct text_pos display_prop_end
P_ ((struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
859 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line
P_ ((struct window
*));
860 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
861 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
862 static struct glyph_row
*get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row
P_ ((struct window
*,
864 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
865 static int append_space_for_newline
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
866 static int cursor_row_fully_visible_p
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
867 static int try_scrolling
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, int, int));
868 static int try_cursor_movement
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, struct text_pos
, int *));
869 static int trailing_whitespace_p
P_ ((int));
870 static int message_log_check_duplicate
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
871 static void push_it
P_ ((struct it
*));
872 static void pop_it
P_ ((struct it
*));
873 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows
P_ ((struct window
*));
874 static void select_frame_for_redisplay
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
875 static void redisplay_internal
P_ ((int));
876 static int echo_area_display
P_ ((int));
877 static void redisplay_windows
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
878 static void redisplay_window
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int));
879 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_error ();
880 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_0
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
881 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_1
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
882 static void update_menu_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
883 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix
P_ ((struct window
*));
884 static int try_window_id
P_ ((struct window
*));
885 static int display_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
886 static int display_mode_lines
P_ ((struct window
*));
887 static int display_mode_line
P_ ((struct window
*, enum face_id
, Lisp_Object
));
888 static int display_mode_element
P_ ((struct it
*, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
, int));
889 static int store_mode_line_string
P_ ((char *, Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
));
890 static char *decode_mode_spec
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int *));
891 static void display_menu_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
892 static int display_count_lines
P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
893 static int display_string
P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
894 int, int, struct it
*, int, int, int, int));
895 static void compute_line_metrics
P_ ((struct it
*));
896 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook
P_ ((struct it
*));
897 static int get_overlay_strings
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
898 static void next_overlay_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
899 static void reseat
P_ ((struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int));
900 static void reseat_1
P_ ((struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int));
901 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
902 void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
903 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
904 static int next_element_from_ellipsis
P_ ((struct it
*));
905 static int next_element_from_display_vector
P_ ((struct it
*));
906 static int next_element_from_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
907 static int next_element_from_c_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
908 static int next_element_from_buffer
P_ ((struct it
*));
909 static int next_element_from_composition
P_ ((struct it
*));
910 static int next_element_from_image
P_ ((struct it
*));
911 static int next_element_from_stretch
P_ ((struct it
*));
912 static void load_overlay_strings
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
913 static int init_from_display_pos
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
914 struct display_pos
*));
915 static void reseat_to_string
P_ ((struct it
*, unsigned char *,
916 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, int));
917 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to
P_ ((struct it
*,
919 void move_it_vertically_backward
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
920 static void init_to_row_start
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
921 struct glyph_row
*));
922 static int init_to_row_end
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
923 struct glyph_row
*));
924 static void back_to_previous_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
925 static int forward_to_next_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*, int *));
926 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead
P_ ((struct text_pos
,
928 static struct text_pos string_pos
P_ ((int, Lisp_Object
));
929 static struct text_pos c_string_pos
P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
930 static int number_of_chars
P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
931 static void compute_stop_pos
P_ ((struct it
*));
932 static void compute_string_pos
P_ ((struct text_pos
*, struct text_pos
,
934 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
935 static int next_overlay_change
P_ ((int));
936 static int handle_single_display_spec
P_ ((struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
937 Lisp_Object
, struct text_pos
*,
939 static int underlying_face_id
P_ ((struct it
*));
940 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p
P_ ((struct display_pos
*,
943 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
944 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
946 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
948 static void update_tool_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
949 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
950 static int redisplay_tool_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
951 static void display_tool_bar_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
952 static void notice_overwritten_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*,
954 int, int, int, int));
958 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
961 /***********************************************************************
962 Window display dimensions
963 ***********************************************************************/
965 /* Return the bottom boundary y-position for text lines in window W.
966 This is the first y position at which a line cannot start.
967 It is relative to the top of the window.
969 This is the height of W minus the height of a mode line, if any. */
972 window_text_bottom_y (w
)
975 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
977 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
978 height
-= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
982 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
983 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
984 the left and right of the window. */
987 window_box_width (w
, area
)
991 int cols
= XFASTINT (w
->total_cols
);
994 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
996 cols
-= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
);
998 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
1000 if (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
))
1001 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
);
1002 if (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
))
1003 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
);
1004 pixels
= -WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
1006 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1008 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
)
1009 ? XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
) : 0);
1012 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1014 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
)
1015 ? XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
) : 0);
1020 return cols
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
) + pixels
;
1024 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
1025 including mode lines of W, if any. */
1028 window_box_height (w
)
1031 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1032 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
1034 xassert (height
>= 0);
1036 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
1037 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
1038 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
1039 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
1040 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
1042 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1044 struct glyph_row
*ml_row
1045 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
1046 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
1048 if (ml_row
&& ml_row
->mode_line_p
)
1049 height
-= ml_row
->height
;
1051 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
));
1054 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1056 struct glyph_row
*hl_row
1057 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
1058 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
1060 if (hl_row
&& hl_row
->mode_line_p
)
1061 height
-= hl_row
->height
;
1063 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
);
1066 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
1067 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
1068 return max (0, height
);
1071 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1072 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1073 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1076 window_box_left_offset (w
, area
)
1082 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1085 x
= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
1087 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
1088 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1089 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
1090 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1091 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1092 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1093 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
)
1094 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
1096 : WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)));
1097 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
1098 && WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
))
1099 x
+= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
1105 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1106 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1107 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1110 window_box_right_offset (w
, area
)
1114 return window_box_left_offset (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1117 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1118 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1119 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1122 window_box_left (w
, area
)
1126 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1129 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1130 return FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1132 x
= (WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
)
1133 + window_box_left_offset (w
, area
));
1139 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1140 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1141 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1144 window_box_right (w
, area
)
1148 return window_box_left (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1151 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1152 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
1153 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
1154 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
1155 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
1156 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
1159 window_box (w
, area
, box_x
, box_y
, box_width
, box_height
)
1162 int *box_x
, *box_y
, *box_width
, *box_height
;
1165 *box_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
1167 *box_height
= window_box_height (w
);
1169 *box_x
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
1172 *box_y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
1173 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1174 *box_y
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1179 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1180 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1181 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1182 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1183 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1184 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1188 window_box_edges (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
,
1189 bottom_right_x
, bottom_right_y
)
1192 int *top_left_x
, *top_left_y
, *bottom_right_x
, *bottom_right_y
;
1194 window_box (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
, bottom_right_x
,
1196 *bottom_right_x
+= *top_left_x
;
1197 *bottom_right_y
+= *top_left_y
;
1202 /***********************************************************************
1204 ***********************************************************************/
1206 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1207 This can modify IT's settings. */
1213 int line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
1214 int line_top_y
= it
->current_y
;
1216 if (line_height
== 0)
1219 line_height
= last_height
;
1220 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
1222 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
1223 line_height
= (it
->max_ascent
|| it
->max_descent
1224 ? it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
1229 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
1231 /* Use the default character height. */
1232 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
1233 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1236 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
1237 line_height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
1238 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
1242 return line_top_y
+ line_height
;
1246 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W.
1247 If visible, set *X and *Y to pixel coordinates of top left corner.
1248 Set *RTOP and *RBOT to pixel height of an invisible area of glyph at POS.
1249 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1250 and header-lines heights. */
1253 pos_visible_p (w
, charpos
, x
, y
, rtop
, rbot
, exact_mode_line_heights_p
)
1255 int charpos
, *x
, *y
, *rtop
, *rbot
, exact_mode_line_heights_p
;
1258 struct text_pos top
;
1260 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
1265 if (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
) != current_buffer
)
1267 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
1268 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
1271 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top
, w
->start
);
1273 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1274 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p
)
1276 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1277 current_mode_line_height
1278 = display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
),
1279 current_buffer
->mode_line_format
);
1281 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1282 current_header_line_height
1283 = display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
1284 current_buffer
->header_line_format
);
1287 start_display (&it
, w
, top
);
1288 move_it_to (&it
, charpos
, -1, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
1289 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
1291 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1292 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= charpos
)
1294 int top_y
= it
.current_y
;
1295 int bottom_y
= (last_height
= 0, line_bottom_y (&it
));
1296 int window_top_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1298 if (top_y
< window_top_y
)
1299 visible_p
= bottom_y
> window_top_y
;
1300 else if (top_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
1305 *y
= max (top_y
+ max (0, it
.max_ascent
- it
.ascent
), window_top_y
);
1308 *rtop
= max (0, window_top_y
- top_y
);
1309 *rbot
= max (0, bottom_y
- it
.last_visible_y
);
1318 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) < ZV
&& FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it
)) != '\n')
1319 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
1320 if (charpos
< IT_CHARPOS (it
))
1325 move_it_to (&it2
, charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1327 *y
= it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
- it2
.ascent
;
1330 *rtop
= max (0, -it2
.current_y
);
1331 *rbot
= max (0, ((it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
)
1332 - it
.last_visible_y
));
1339 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
1341 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
1347 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1348 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1349 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1350 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1354 string_char_and_length (str
, maxlen
, len
)
1355 const unsigned char *str
;
1360 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str
, maxlen
, *len
);
1361 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c
, 1))
1362 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1363 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1372 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1373 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1375 static struct text_pos
1376 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
, nchars
)
1377 struct text_pos pos
;
1381 xassert (STRINGP (string
) && nchars
>= 0);
1383 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1385 int rest
= SBYTES (string
) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
1386 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
1391 string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
1392 p
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
1393 xassert (rest
>= 0);
1395 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1399 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, CHARPOS (pos
) + nchars
, BYTEPOS (pos
) + nchars
);
1405 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1406 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1408 static INLINE
struct text_pos
1409 string_pos (charpos
, string
)
1413 struct text_pos pos
;
1414 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1415 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1416 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, string_char_to_byte (string
, charpos
));
1421 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1422 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1423 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1425 static struct text_pos
1426 c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, multibyte_p
)
1431 struct text_pos pos
;
1433 xassert (s
!= NULL
);
1434 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1438 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
1440 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, 0, 0);
1443 string_char_and_length (s
, rest
, &len
);
1444 s
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
1445 xassert (rest
>= 0);
1447 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1451 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, charpos
);
1457 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1458 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1461 number_of_chars (s
, multibyte_p
)
1469 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
1470 unsigned char *p
= (unsigned char *) s
;
1472 for (nchars
= 0; rest
> 0; ++nchars
)
1474 string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
1475 rest
-= len
, p
+= len
;
1479 nchars
= strlen (s
);
1485 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1486 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1487 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1490 compute_string_pos (newpos
, pos
, string
)
1491 struct text_pos
*newpos
, pos
;
1494 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1495 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos
) >= CHARPOS (pos
));
1497 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1498 *newpos
= string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
,
1499 CHARPOS (*newpos
) - CHARPOS (pos
));
1501 BYTEPOS (*newpos
) = CHARPOS (*newpos
);
1505 Return an estimation of the pixel height of mode or top lines on
1506 frame F. FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
1509 estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
1511 enum face_id face_id
;
1513 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1514 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1516 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
1518 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
1519 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
1520 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
1522 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1526 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
1527 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1528 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
1539 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
1540 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
1541 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
1542 not force the value into range. */
1545 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
1547 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
1549 NativeRectangle
*bounds
;
1553 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1554 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1556 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to round down
1557 even for negative values. */
1559 pix_x
-= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1;
1561 pix_y
-= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1;
1563 pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL (f
, pix_x
);
1564 pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_Y_TO_LINE (f
, pix_y
);
1567 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*bounds
,
1568 FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, pix_x
),
1569 FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, pix_y
),
1570 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1,
1571 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1);
1577 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
))
1578 pix_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
);
1582 else if (pix_y
> FRAME_LINES (f
))
1583 pix_y
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
1593 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
1594 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
1595 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
1599 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
1602 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
1604 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1605 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
))))
1609 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
1610 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
1612 if (display_completed
)
1614 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
1615 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
1616 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
1622 hpos
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1626 /* If first glyph is partially visible, its first visible position is still 0. */
1638 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, hpos
);
1639 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, vpos
);
1650 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1652 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
1653 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
1654 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
1655 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
1656 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
1657 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
1660 static struct glyph
*
1661 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, dx
, dy
, area
)
1664 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *dx
, *dy
, *area
;
1666 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
1667 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
1670 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
1673 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
1674 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
1676 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
1683 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
1684 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
1687 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
1688 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1695 if (x
< window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1697 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1698 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1700 else if (x
< window_box_right_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1703 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + min (row
->x
, 0);
1707 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1708 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1712 /* Find glyph containing X. */
1713 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1714 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
1716 while (glyph
< end
&& x
>= glyph
->pixel_width
)
1718 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1728 *dy
= y
- (row
->y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
);
1731 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1737 Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
1738 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
1741 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
1745 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1747 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
1748 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
1749 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1750 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1751 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1755 *x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
1756 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1761 Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
1764 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, nr
)
1765 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1766 NativeRectangle
*nr
;
1770 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
1772 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left_col. */
1773 r
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (s
->w
);
1774 r
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (s
->w
);
1776 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
1777 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
1778 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1779 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1781 r
.height
= s
->height
;
1785 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
1786 r
.x
= window_box_left (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1787 r
.width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1788 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1792 if (r
.x
< s
->clip_head
->x
)
1794 if (r
.width
>= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
)
1795 r
.width
-= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
;
1798 r
.x
= s
->clip_head
->x
;
1801 if (r
.x
+ r
.width
> s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
)
1803 if (s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
>= r
.x
)
1804 r
.width
= s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
- r
.x
;
1809 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
1810 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
1811 intentionally draws over other lines. */
1812 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
1814 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
1815 r
.height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
.y
;
1819 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
1820 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
1821 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
1822 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
1823 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
1824 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
1826 r
.y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
1828 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
1829 at the top of the window. */
1830 if (WINDOWP (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
)
1831 && s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
1832 r
.y
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
1835 r
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
.y
);
1837 /* If drawing the cursor, don't let glyph draw outside its
1838 advertised boundaries. Cleartype does this under some circumstances. */
1839 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1841 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1846 r
.width
-= s
->x
- r
.x
;
1849 r
.width
= min (r
.width
, glyph
->pixel_width
);
1851 /* If r.y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
1852 height
= min (glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
,
1853 min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), s
->row
->visible_height
));
1854 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - height
;
1855 max_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, max_y
);
1856 if (s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
> max_y
)
1863 /* Don't draw cursor glyph taller than our actual glyph. */
1864 height
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1865 if (height
< r
.height
)
1867 max_y
= r
.y
+ r
.height
;
1868 r
.y
= min (max_y
, max (r
.y
, s
->ybase
+ glyph
->descent
- height
));
1869 r
.height
= min (max_y
- r
.y
, height
);
1874 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
1875 CONVERT_FROM_XRECT (r
, *nr
);
1883 Return the position and height of the phys cursor in window W.
1884 Set w->phys_cursor_width to width of phys cursor.
1888 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, glyph
, heightp
)
1890 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1891 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1894 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1895 int x
, y
, wd
, h
, h0
, y0
;
1897 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
1898 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
1899 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
1901 wd
= glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
1905 if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
1906 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
1907 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
1908 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
1910 y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
;
1912 /* If y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
1913 h0
= min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->visible_height
);
1915 h
= max (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1916 h0
= min (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1918 y0
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1921 h
= max (h
- (y0
- y
) + 1, h0
);
1926 y0
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - h0
;
1935 return WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, y
);
1939 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
1942 /***********************************************************************
1943 Lisp form evaluation
1944 ***********************************************************************/
1946 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1949 safe_eval_handler (arg
)
1952 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg
, Qnil
);
1957 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1958 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
1966 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
)
1970 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
1971 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
1974 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
1975 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1976 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1977 val
= internal_condition_case_1 (Feval
, sexpr
, Qt
,
1980 val
= unbind_to (count
, val
);
1987 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1988 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
1989 redisplay during the evaluation. */
1992 safe_call (nargs
, args
)
1998 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
)
2002 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2003 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
2006 gcpro1
.nvars
= nargs
;
2007 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
2008 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
2009 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
2010 val
= internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall
, nargs
, args
, Qt
,
2013 val
= unbind_to (count
, val
);
2020 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
2021 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
2024 safe_call1 (fn
, arg
)
2025 Lisp_Object fn
, arg
;
2027 Lisp_Object args
[2];
2030 return safe_call (2, args
);
2035 /***********************************************************************
2037 ***********************************************************************/
2041 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
2042 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
2048 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
2050 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2051 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
2055 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < 0);
2056 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
2058 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
2059 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)));
2064 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
2066 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
< 0);
2069 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
2073 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
2080 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
2081 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
2084 check_window_end (w
)
2087 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
2088 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
2090 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2091 xassert ((row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
,
2092 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
)),
2094 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
2095 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
) == 0));
2099 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
2101 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2103 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
2105 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2109 /***********************************************************************
2110 Iterator initialization
2111 ***********************************************************************/
2113 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
2114 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
2115 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
2116 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
2117 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
2119 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
2120 will produce glyphs in that row.
2122 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
2123 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2124 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
2125 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
2127 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2128 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
2129 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
2130 the desired matrix of W. */
2133 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, row
, base_face_id
)
2136 int charpos
, bytepos
;
2137 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2138 enum face_id base_face_id
;
2140 int highlight_region_p
;
2142 /* Some precondition checks. */
2143 xassert (w
!= NULL
&& it
!= NULL
);
2144 xassert (charpos
< 0 || (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
)
2147 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
2148 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
2149 that might have changed. Don't free faces while there might be
2150 desired matrices pending which reference these faces. */
2151 if (face_change_count
&& !inhibit_free_realized_faces
)
2153 face_change_count
= 0;
2154 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil
);
2157 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
2161 if (base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
2162 || base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID
)
2163 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2164 else if (base_face_id
== HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
)
2165 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2169 bzero (it
, sizeof *it
);
2170 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2171 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
2172 it
->base_face_id
= base_face_id
;
2174 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
2176 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
2177 XSETWINDOW (it
->window
, w
);
2179 it
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
2181 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
2182 if (base_face_id
== DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2183 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2185 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
))
2186 it
->extra_line_spacing
= XFASTINT (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
);
2187 else if (FLOATP (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
))
2188 it
->extra_line_spacing
= (XFLOAT_DATA (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
)
2189 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
2190 else if (it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
> 0)
2191 it
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
;
2192 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= 0;
2195 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
2196 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
2197 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
2198 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
2199 if (noninteractive
&& FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
) == NULL
)
2200 init_frame_faces (it
->f
);
2201 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
)->used
== 0)
2202 recompute_basic_faces (it
->f
);
2204 /* Current value of the `slice', `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
2205 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
2206 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
2207 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
2208 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
2210 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
2211 it
->ctl_arrow_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->ctl_arrow
);
2213 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
2214 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
2216 it
->selective
= (INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2217 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2218 : (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2220 it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
2221 = !NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display_ellipses
);
2223 /* Display table to use. */
2224 it
->dp
= window_display_table (w
);
2226 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
2227 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
2229 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
2231 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
2232 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
)
2233 && XMARKER (current_buffer
->mark
)->buffer
!= 0);
2235 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
2236 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
2237 -1 to indicate no region. */
2238 if (highlight_region_p
2239 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
2240 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
2241 highlight_nonselected_windows
2242 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
2243 || w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
)
2244 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
2245 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
2246 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))
2247 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window
)
2248 && w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window
))))
2250 int charpos
= marker_position (current_buffer
->mark
);
2251 it
->region_beg_charpos
= min (PT
, charpos
);
2252 it
->region_end_charpos
= max (PT
, charpos
);
2255 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
2257 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
2258 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
2259 if (MARKERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)
2260 && XMARKER (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)->buffer
!= 0)
2261 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
2262 = marker_position (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2263 else if (INTEGERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
))
2264 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= XINT (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2266 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
2267 it
->tab_width
= XINT (current_buffer
->tab_width
);
2268 if (it
->tab_width
<= 0 || it
->tab_width
> 1000)
2271 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
2272 it
->truncate_lines_p
2273 = (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2274 || XINT (it
->w
->hscroll
)
2275 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
2276 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it
->w
))
2277 || !NILP (current_buffer
->truncate_lines
));
2279 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
2280 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
2282 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2284 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
)
2286 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
2287 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2288 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
2289 it
->truncation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2293 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
2294 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2295 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
2296 it
->continuation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2299 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
2300 above has changed them. */
2301 it
->pixel_width
= it
->ascent
= it
->descent
= 0;
2302 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
2305 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
2306 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
2307 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
2308 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
2309 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
2311 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
2312 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
2313 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
2314 start of this total display area. */
2315 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2317 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
2318 it
->first_visible_x
= 0;
2319 it
->last_visible_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
2324 = XFASTINT (it
->w
->hscroll
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
2325 it
->last_visible_x
= (it
->first_visible_x
2326 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
2328 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
2329 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
2330 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
2331 for window-based redisplay. */
2332 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2334 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
)
2335 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
2337 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
2340 it
->header_line_p
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
);
2341 it
->current_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) + w
->vscroll
;
2344 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
2345 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
2346 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it
->w
))
2347 it
->last_visible_x
-= 1;
2349 it
->last_visible_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
2351 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
2352 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
2353 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2357 it
->face_id
= base_face_id
;
2359 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
2360 with a left box line. */
2361 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, base_face_id
);
2362 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2363 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
2366 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
2367 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
2368 if (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
))
2370 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
2372 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
2374 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
2375 if (bytepos
< charpos
)
2376 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
2378 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = bytepos
;
2380 it
->start
= it
->current
;
2382 /* Compute faces etc. */
2383 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
2390 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
2393 start_display (it
, w
, pos
)
2396 struct text_pos pos
;
2398 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2399 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
2401 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ first_vpos
;
2402 init_iterator (it
, w
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
), row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2403 it
->first_vpos
= first_vpos
;
2405 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
)
2407 int start_at_line_beg_p
;
2408 int first_y
= it
->current_y
;
2410 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
2411 get the correct continuation lines width. */
2412 start_at_line_beg_p
= (CHARPOS (pos
) == BEGV
2413 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos
) - 1) == '\n');
2414 if (!start_at_line_beg_p
)
2418 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
2419 move_it_to (it
, CHARPOS (pos
), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
2421 new_x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->pixel_width
;
2423 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
2424 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
2425 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
2426 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
2427 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
2428 end of the continued line. */
2429 if (it
->current_x
> 0
2430 && !it
->truncate_lines_p
/* Lines are continued. */
2431 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
2432 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
2433 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
2435 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
2436 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
2438 if (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0
2439 || it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2441 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
2442 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
2445 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
2448 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
2449 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
2450 fields in the iterator structure. */
2451 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
2452 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
2454 it
->current_y
= first_y
;
2456 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
2460 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
2461 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
2462 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
2464 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
2465 xassert (it
->continuation_lines_width
2466 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) == BEGV
2467 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it
) - 1) == '\n');
2472 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
2473 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
2476 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos
, w
)
2477 struct display_pos
*pos
;
2480 Lisp_Object prop
, window
;
2482 int charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
);
2484 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
2485 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
2486 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
2487 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
2488 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0
2489 && pos
->overlay_string_index
< 0
2490 && CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) < 0
2492 && (XSETWINDOW (window
, w
),
2493 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
),
2494 Qinvisible
, window
),
2495 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
)))
2497 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
- 1), Qinvisible
,
2499 ellipses_p
= 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
2506 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
2507 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
2508 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
2509 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
2512 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, pos
)
2515 struct display_pos
*pos
;
2517 int charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
), bytepos
= BYTEPOS (pos
->pos
);
2518 int i
, overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 0;
2520 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
2521 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
2522 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
2523 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
2524 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos
, w
))
2530 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
2531 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
2532 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
2533 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
2534 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
2535 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
2536 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
2537 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
2539 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2541 /* This only scans the current chunk -- it should scan all chunks.
2542 However, OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE has been increased from 3 in 21.1
2543 to 16 in 22.1 to make this a lesser problem. */
2544 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->n_overlay_strings
&& i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
; ++i
)
2546 const char *s
= SDATA (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
2547 const char *e
= s
+ SBYTES (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
2549 while (s
< e
&& *s
!= '\n')
2554 overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 1;
2559 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
2561 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2565 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
2566 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
2567 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
2568 correct the overlay string index. */
2569 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_IMAGE
)
2572 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
2573 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
2574 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
2575 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
)
2577 int n
= pos
->overlay_string_index
/ OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
2578 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
2581 load_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
2582 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
+= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
2586 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= pos
->overlay_string_index
;
2587 relative_index
= (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
2588 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
);
2589 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[relative_index
];
2590 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2591 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
2592 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
2595 #if 0 /* This is bogus because POS not having an overlay string
2596 position does not mean it's after the string. Example: A
2597 line starting with a before-string and initialization of IT
2598 to the previous row's end position. */
2599 else if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2601 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
2602 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
2603 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
2604 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
2607 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2608 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
2609 if (CHARPOS (pos
->pos
) == ZV
)
2610 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
2614 if (CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) >= 0)
2616 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
2617 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
2618 IT should already be filled with that string. */
2619 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
2620 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2623 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
2624 character translations or ellipses. */
2625 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0)
2627 if (it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
2628 get_next_display_element (it
);
2629 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
== 0);
2630 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= pos
->dpvec_index
;
2634 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines
;
2638 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2639 starting at ROW->start. */
2642 init_to_row_start (it
, w
, row
)
2645 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2647 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->start
);
2648 it
->start
= row
->start
;
2649 it
->continuation_lines_width
= row
->continuation_lines_width
;
2654 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2655 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
2656 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
2660 init_to_row_end (it
, w
, row
)
2663 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2667 if (init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->end
))
2669 if (row
->continued_p
)
2670 it
->continuation_lines_width
2671 = row
->continuation_lines_width
+ row
->pixel_width
;
2682 /***********************************************************************
2684 ***********************************************************************/
2686 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
2687 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
2694 enum prop_handled handled
;
2695 int handle_overlay_change_p
= 1;
2699 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
2703 handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2705 /* Call text property handlers. */
2706 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
2708 handled
= p
->handler (it
);
2710 if (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
2712 else if (handled
== HANDLED_RETURN
)
2714 else if (handled
== HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
)
2715 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
2718 if (handled
!= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
2720 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
2721 characters from a display vector. */
2722 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
)
2723 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
2725 /* Handle overlay changes. */
2726 if (handle_overlay_change_p
)
2727 handled
= handle_overlay_change (it
);
2729 /* Determine where to stop next. */
2730 if (handled
== HANDLED_NORMALLY
)
2731 compute_stop_pos (it
);
2734 while (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
);
2738 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
2739 information for IT's current position. */
2742 compute_stop_pos (it
)
2745 register INTERVAL iv
, next_iv
;
2746 Lisp_Object object
, limit
, position
;
2748 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2749 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
2751 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
2753 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
2755 object
= it
->string
;
2757 position
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
2763 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
2764 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
2765 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
2767 charpos
= next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
2768 if (charpos
< it
->stop_charpos
)
2769 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
2771 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
2772 start or end because the face might change there. */
2773 if (it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0)
2775 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_beg_charpos
)
2776 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_beg_charpos
);
2777 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_end_charpos
)
2778 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_end_charpos
);
2781 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
2782 property changes. */
2783 XSETBUFFER (object
, current_buffer
);
2784 limit
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
);
2785 position
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
2789 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
2790 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
2791 iv
= validate_interval_range (object
, &position
, &position
, 0);
2792 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv
))
2794 Lisp_Object values_here
[LAST_PROP_IDX
];
2797 /* Get properties here. */
2798 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
2799 values_here
[p
->idx
] = textget (iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
2801 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
2803 for (next_iv
= next_interval (iv
);
2804 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
)
2806 || XFASTINT (limit
) > next_iv
->position
));
2807 next_iv
= next_interval (next_iv
))
2809 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
2811 Lisp_Object new_value
;
2813 new_value
= textget (next_iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
2814 if (!EQ (values_here
[p
->idx
], new_value
))
2822 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
))
2824 if (INTEGERP (limit
)
2825 && next_iv
->position
>= XFASTINT (limit
))
2826 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2827 it
->stop_charpos
= min (XFASTINT (limit
), it
->stop_charpos
);
2829 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2830 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, next_iv
->position
);
2834 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
)
2835 || (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
2836 && it
->stop_charpos
>= IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
2840 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2841 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2842 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2846 next_overlay_change (pos
)
2851 Lisp_Object
*overlays
;
2854 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2855 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlays
, noverlays
, &endpos
, 1);
2857 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2858 use its ending point instead. */
2859 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
; ++i
)
2864 oend
= OVERLAY_END (overlays
[i
]);
2865 oendpos
= OVERLAY_POSITION (oend
);
2866 endpos
= min (endpos
, oendpos
);
2874 /***********************************************************************
2876 ***********************************************************************/
2878 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2879 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2882 static enum prop_handled
2883 handle_fontified_prop (it
)
2886 Lisp_Object prop
, pos
;
2887 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2889 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2890 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2891 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2892 Qfontification_functions. */
2893 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
)
2895 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions
)
2896 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
)
2897 && (pos
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)),
2898 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
),
2901 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2904 val
= Vfontification_functions
;
2905 specbind (Qfontification_functions
, Qnil
);
2907 if (!CONSP (val
) || EQ (XCAR (val
), Qlambda
))
2908 safe_call1 (val
, pos
);
2911 Lisp_Object globals
, fn
;
2912 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
2915 GCPRO2 (val
, globals
);
2917 for (; CONSP (val
); val
= XCDR (val
))
2923 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2924 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2925 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2926 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2928 for (globals
= Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions
);
2930 globals
= XCDR (globals
))
2932 fn
= XCAR (globals
);
2934 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
2938 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
2944 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
2946 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2947 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2948 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2949 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
)))
2950 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
2958 /***********************************************************************
2960 ***********************************************************************/
2962 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2963 Called from handle_stop. */
2965 static enum prop_handled
2966 handle_face_prop (it
)
2969 int new_face_id
, next_stop
;
2971 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
2974 = face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
2976 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
2977 it
->region_end_charpos
,
2980 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
2983 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2984 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2985 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
2986 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2987 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2988 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2989 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
2991 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
2993 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2994 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2995 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2996 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2997 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2998 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2999 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3000 = (new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3001 && (it
->face_id
>= 0
3002 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEG
3003 || new_face_id
!= face_before_it_pos (it
)));
3004 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3009 int base_face_id
, bufpos
;
3011 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3012 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3016 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
3017 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
3018 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
3019 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
3020 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
3021 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3023 new_face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3025 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
3027 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3028 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3032 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
3033 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
3034 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
3035 if (it
->glyph_row
== MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
3036 && new_face_id
== DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
3037 new_face_id
= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (it
->w
);
3040 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
3041 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
3042 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
3043 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
3044 box, all characters up to that position will have a
3045 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
3046 is really the end. */
3047 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3049 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
3050 struct face
*old_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3052 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
3053 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
3054 shadow on the left side. */
3055 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3056 = new_face
->box
&& (old_face
== NULL
|| !old_face
->box
);
3057 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3061 it
->face_id
= new_face_id
;
3062 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3066 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
3067 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
3068 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
3069 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
3072 underlying_face_id (it
)
3075 int face_id
= it
->base_face_id
, i
;
3077 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3079 for (i
= it
->sp
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3080 if (NILP (it
->stack
[i
].string
))
3081 face_id
= it
->stack
[i
].face_id
;
3087 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
3088 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
3089 position. Value is the id of the face. */
3092 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it
, before_p
)
3097 int next_check_charpos
;
3098 struct text_pos pos
;
3100 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
3102 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3104 int bufpos
, base_face_id
;
3106 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
3107 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
3109 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
)
3110 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == 0 && before_p
))
3113 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
3115 pos
= string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, it
->string
);
3117 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
3119 pos
= (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
3120 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) + it
->cmp_len
, it
->string
)
3121 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, it
->string
));
3123 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3124 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3128 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3130 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
3131 face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3135 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3136 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3137 &next_check_charpos
,
3140 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3141 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3142 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
3143 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
3145 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (it
->string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
3146 int rest
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
3148 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3150 c
= string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
3151 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
);
3156 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= ZV
&& !before_p
)
3157 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
&& before_p
))
3160 limit
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
;
3161 pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
3164 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3167 if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
3168 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
3170 pos
.charpos
+= it
->cmp_len
, pos
.bytepos
+= it
->len
;
3172 INC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3175 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
3176 face_id
= face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
3178 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3179 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3180 &next_check_charpos
,
3183 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3184 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3185 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
3186 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3188 int c
= FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (BYTEPOS (pos
));
3189 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3190 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
);
3199 /***********************************************************************
3201 ***********************************************************************/
3203 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
3204 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3206 static enum prop_handled
3207 handle_invisible_prop (it
)
3210 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3212 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3214 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible
;
3215 Lisp_Object prop
, end_charpos
, limit
, charpos
;
3217 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
3218 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
3220 charpos
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
3221 prop
= Fget_text_property (charpos
, Qinvisible
, it
->string
);
3224 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
)
3226 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3228 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
3229 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
3230 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
3231 all the rest of IT->string. */
3232 XSETINT (limit
, SCHARS (it
->string
));
3233 end_charpos
= Fnext_single_property_change (charpos
, Qinvisible
,
3236 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
3237 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
3238 Move IT's current position to that position. */
3239 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos
)
3240 && XFASTINT (end_charpos
) < XFASTINT (limit
))
3242 struct text_pos old
;
3243 old
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
3244 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = XFASTINT (end_charpos
);
3245 compute_string_pos (&it
->current
.string_pos
, old
, it
->string
);
3249 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
3250 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
3251 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
3252 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3254 next_overlay_string (it
);
3255 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
3256 finished processing them. */
3257 handled
= HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
;
3261 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = SCHARS (it
->string
);
3262 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = SBYTES (it
->string
);
3269 int invis_p
, newpos
, next_stop
, start_charpos
;
3270 Lisp_Object pos
, prop
, overlay
;
3272 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
3273 start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3274 pos
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
3275 prop
= get_char_property_and_overlay (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
,
3277 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3279 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
3280 if (invis_p
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
)
3282 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
3284 int display_ellipsis_p
= invis_p
== 2;
3286 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3288 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
3289 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
3292 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
3293 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
3294 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
3295 over invisible text properties and overlays with
3296 invisible property. */
3297 newpos
= skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
3298 &next_stop
, ZV
, it
->window
);
3300 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
3301 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
3302 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
3303 if (newpos
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
) || newpos
>= ZV
)
3307 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
3308 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
3309 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
3310 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
3311 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
3312 newpos is visible. */
3313 pos
= make_number (newpos
);
3314 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
3315 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3318 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
3319 skip starting with next_stop. */
3321 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = next_stop
;
3325 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
3326 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = newpos
;
3327 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos
);
3329 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
3330 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
3331 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
3332 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
3333 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
3334 already handled in the overlay code.) */
3336 && get_overlay_strings (it
, start_charpos
))
3338 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3339 it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
= display_ellipsis_p
;
3341 else if (display_ellipsis_p
)
3342 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
3350 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next.
3351 Replaces LEN characters from buffer. */
3354 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, len
)
3358 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3359 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3360 if (it
->dp
&& VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
)))
3362 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
));
3363 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
3364 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
3368 /* Default `...'. */
3369 it
->dpvec
= default_invis_vector
;
3370 it
->dpend
= default_invis_vector
+ 3;
3373 it
->dpvec_char_len
= len
;
3374 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3375 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
3377 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3378 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3379 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
3380 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
3386 /***********************************************************************
3388 ***********************************************************************/
3390 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
3391 Called from handle_stop.
3392 We return HANDLED_RETURN if some part of the display property
3393 overrides the display of the buffer text itself.
3394 Otherwise we return HANDLED_NORMALLY. */
3396 static enum prop_handled
3397 handle_display_prop (it
)
3400 Lisp_Object prop
, object
;
3401 struct text_pos
*position
;
3402 /* Nonzero if some property replaces the display of the text itself. */
3403 int display_replaced_p
= 0;
3405 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3407 object
= it
->string
;
3408 position
= &it
->current
.string_pos
;
3412 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
3413 position
= &it
->current
.pos
;
3416 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
3417 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
3418 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
3419 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
3422 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
3423 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
3424 `display' property etc. */
3425 if (!it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
3426 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
3428 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (position
->charpos
),
3431 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3434 /* Simple properties. */
3435 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
3436 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)
3437 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
)
3438 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qslice
)
3439 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace_width
)
3440 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qheight
)
3441 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qraise
)
3442 /* Marginal area specifications. */
3443 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop
)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop
)), Qmargin
))
3444 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_fringe
)
3445 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_fringe
)
3446 && !NILP (XCAR (prop
)))
3448 for (; CONSP (prop
); prop
= XCDR (prop
))
3450 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, XCAR (prop
), object
,
3451 position
, display_replaced_p
))
3452 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3455 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
3458 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
3459 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, AREF (prop
, i
), object
,
3460 position
, display_replaced_p
))
3461 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3465 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, prop
, object
, position
, 0))
3466 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3469 return display_replaced_p
? HANDLED_RETURN
: HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3473 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
3474 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
3476 static struct text_pos
3477 display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
)
3480 struct text_pos start_pos
;
3483 struct text_pos end_pos
;
3485 end
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos
)),
3486 Qdisplay
, object
, Qnil
);
3487 CHARPOS (end_pos
) = XFASTINT (end
);
3488 if (STRINGP (object
))
3489 compute_string_pos (&end_pos
, start_pos
, it
->string
);
3491 BYTEPOS (end_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end
));
3497 /* Set up IT from a single `display' specification PROP. OBJECT
3498 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
3499 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
3500 means that we previously saw a display specification which already
3501 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
3502 we ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
3504 If PROP is a `space' or `image' specification, and in some other
3505 cases too, set *POSITION to the position where the `display'
3508 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
3509 of buffer or string text. */
3512 handle_single_display_spec (it
, spec
, object
, position
,
3513 display_replaced_before_p
)
3517 struct text_pos
*position
;
3518 int display_replaced_before_p
;
3521 Lisp_Object location
, value
;
3522 struct text_pos start_pos
;
3525 /* If SPEC is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', evaluate FORM.
3526 If the result is non-nil, use VALUE instead of SPEC. */
3528 if (CONSP (spec
) && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qwhen
))
3537 if (!NILP (form
) && !EQ (form
, Qt
))
3539 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
3540 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
3542 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
3543 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
3544 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
3545 to the current position in the buffer. */
3546 specbind (Qobject
, object
);
3547 specbind (Qposition
, make_number (CHARPOS (*position
)));
3548 specbind (Qbuffer_position
,
3549 make_number (STRINGP (object
)
3550 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it
) : CHARPOS (*position
)));
3552 form
= safe_eval (form
);
3554 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
3560 /* Handle `(height HEIGHT)' specifications. */
3562 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qheight
)
3563 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
3565 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
3568 it
->font_height
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
3569 if (!NILP (it
->font_height
))
3571 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3572 int new_height
= -1;
3574 if (CONSP (it
->font_height
)
3575 && (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
)
3576 || EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qminus
))
3577 && CONSP (XCDR (it
->font_height
))
3578 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
))))
3580 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
3581 int steps
= XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
)));
3582 if (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
))
3584 it
->face_id
= smaller_face (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, steps
);
3586 else if (FUNCTIONP (it
->font_height
))
3588 /* Call function with current height as argument.
3589 Value is the new height. */
3591 height
= safe_call1 (it
->font_height
,
3592 face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
3593 if (NUMBERP (height
))
3594 new_height
= XFLOATINT (height
);
3596 else if (NUMBERP (it
->font_height
))
3598 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
3601 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
3602 new_height
= (XFLOATINT (it
->font_height
)
3603 * XINT (face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]));
3607 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
3608 current specified height to get the new height. */
3609 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
3611 specbind (Qheight
, face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
3612 value
= safe_eval (it
->font_height
);
3613 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
3615 if (NUMBERP (value
))
3616 new_height
= XFLOATINT (value
);
3620 it
->face_id
= face_with_height (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, new_height
);
3626 /* Handle `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
3628 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qspace_width
)
3629 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
3631 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
3634 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
3635 if (NUMBERP (value
) && XFLOATINT (value
) > 0)
3636 it
->space_width
= value
;
3641 /* Handle `(slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)'. */
3643 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qslice
))
3647 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
3650 if (tem
= XCDR (spec
), CONSP (tem
))
3652 it
->slice
.x
= XCAR (tem
);
3653 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
3655 it
->slice
.y
= XCAR (tem
);
3656 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
3658 it
->slice
.width
= XCAR (tem
);
3659 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
3660 it
->slice
.height
= XCAR (tem
);
3668 /* Handle `(raise FACTOR)'. */
3670 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qraise
)
3671 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
3673 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
3676 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3677 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
3678 if (NUMBERP (value
))
3680 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3681 it
->voffset
= - (XFLOATINT (value
)
3682 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
)));
3684 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3689 /* Don't handle the other kinds of display specifications
3690 inside a string that we got from a `display' property. */
3691 if (it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
3694 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
3695 we have to find the end of the property. */
3696 start_pos
= *position
;
3697 *position
= display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
);
3700 /* Stop the scan at that end position--we assume that all
3701 text properties change there. */
3702 it
->stop_charpos
= position
->charpos
;
3704 /* Handle `(left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'
3705 and `(right-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'. */
3707 && (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
)
3708 || EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qright_fringe
))
3709 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
3711 int face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
3714 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
3715 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
3716 across the text with this property. */
3719 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3720 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
3721 if (!SYMBOLP (value
)
3722 || !(fringe_bitmap
= lookup_fringe_bitmap (value
)))
3723 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
3724 across the text with this property. */
3727 if (CONSP (XCDR (XCDR (spec
))))
3729 Lisp_Object face_name
= XCAR (XCDR (XCDR (spec
)));
3730 int face_id2
= lookup_named_face (it
->f
, face_name
, 'A', 0);
3735 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
3736 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
3740 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
3741 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
3742 it
->image_id
= -1; /* no image */
3743 it
->position
= start_pos
;
3744 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
3745 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
3746 it
->face_id
= face_id
;
3748 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3749 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3750 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3751 *position
= start_pos
;
3753 if (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
))
3755 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
3756 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
3760 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
3761 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
3763 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3767 /* Prepare to handle `((margin left-margin) ...)',
3768 `((margin right-margin) ...)' and `((margin nil) ...)'
3769 prefixes for display specifications. */
3770 location
= Qunbound
;
3771 if (CONSP (spec
) && CONSP (XCAR (spec
)))
3775 value
= XCDR (spec
);
3777 value
= XCAR (value
);
3780 if (EQ (XCAR (tem
), Qmargin
)
3781 && (tem
= XCDR (tem
),
3782 tem
= CONSP (tem
) ? XCAR (tem
) : Qnil
,
3784 || EQ (tem
, Qleft_margin
)
3785 || EQ (tem
, Qright_margin
))))
3789 if (EQ (location
, Qunbound
))
3795 /* After this point, VALUE is the property after any
3796 margin prefix has been stripped. It must be a string,
3797 an image specification, or `(space ...)'.
3799 LOCATION specifies where to display: `left-margin',
3800 `right-margin' or nil. */
3802 valid_p
= (STRINGP (value
)
3803 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3804 || (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) && valid_image_p (value
))
3805 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3806 || (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
)));
3808 if (valid_p
&& !display_replaced_before_p
)
3810 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
3811 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
3814 if (NILP (location
))
3815 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
3816 else if (EQ (location
, Qleft_margin
))
3817 it
->area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
3819 it
->area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
3821 if (STRINGP (value
))
3824 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
3825 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
3826 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
3827 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
3828 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
3829 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
3830 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 1;
3831 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3832 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3833 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3834 *position
= start_pos
;
3836 else if (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
))
3838 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRETCH
;
3840 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= start_pos
;
3842 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3845 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
3846 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, value
);
3847 it
->position
= start_pos
;
3848 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
3849 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
3851 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3852 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3853 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3854 *position
= start_pos
;
3856 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3861 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
3862 POSITION to what it was before. */
3863 *position
= start_pos
;
3868 /* Check if SPEC is a display specification value whose text should be
3869 treated as intangible. */
3872 single_display_spec_intangible_p (prop
)
3875 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3876 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
3890 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
3891 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
3892 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
3900 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_margin
)
3901 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_margin
))
3905 return (CONSP (prop
)
3906 && (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
3907 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)));
3911 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
3912 treated as intangible. */
3915 display_prop_intangible_p (prop
)
3919 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
3920 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
3922 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3923 while (CONSP (prop
))
3925 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (XCAR (prop
)))
3930 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
3932 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3934 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
3935 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (AREF (prop
, i
)))
3939 return single_display_spec_intangible_p (prop
);
3945 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
3948 single_display_spec_string_p (prop
, string
)
3949 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
3951 if (EQ (string
, prop
))
3954 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3955 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
3964 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
3965 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
3976 return CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), string
);
3980 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
3983 display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
)
3984 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
3987 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
3988 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
3990 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3991 while (CONSP (prop
))
3993 if (single_display_spec_string_p (XCAR (prop
), string
))
3998 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4000 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
4002 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4003 if (single_display_spec_string_p (AREF (prop
, i
), string
))
4007 return single_display_spec_string_p (prop
, string
);
4013 /* Determine from which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes
4014 from. AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could
4015 be from. Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be
4018 W's buffer must be current.
4020 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
4021 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
4022 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
4023 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
4026 string_buffer_position (w
, string
, around_charpos
)
4031 Lisp_Object limit
, prop
, pos
;
4032 const int MAX_DISTANCE
= 1000;
4035 pos
= make_number (around_charpos
);
4036 limit
= make_number (min (XINT (pos
) + MAX_DISTANCE
, ZV
));
4037 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4039 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4040 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4043 pos
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
, limit
);
4048 pos
= make_number (around_charpos
);
4049 limit
= make_number (max (XINT (pos
) - MAX_DISTANCE
, BEGV
));
4050 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4052 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4053 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4056 pos
= Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
,
4061 return found
? XINT (pos
) : 0;
4066 /***********************************************************************
4067 `composition' property
4068 ***********************************************************************/
4070 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
4071 position. Called from handle_stop. */
4073 static enum prop_handled
4074 handle_composition_prop (it
)
4077 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
4078 int pos
, pos_byte
, end
;
4079 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4081 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4083 pos
= IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
4084 pos_byte
= IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4085 string
= it
->string
;
4089 pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4090 pos_byte
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4094 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
4095 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
4096 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
4097 if (find_composition (pos
, -1, &pos
, &end
, &prop
, string
)
4098 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos
, end
, prop
)
4099 && (STRINGP (it
->string
) || (PT
<= pos
|| PT
>= end
)))
4101 int id
= get_composition_id (pos
, pos_byte
, end
- pos
, prop
, string
);
4105 it
->method
= GET_FROM_COMPOSITION
;
4107 it
->cmp_len
= COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop
);
4108 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
4110 it
->c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table
[id
], 0);
4111 it
->len
= (STRINGP (it
->string
)
4112 ? string_char_to_byte (it
->string
, end
)
4113 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end
)) - pos_byte
;
4114 it
->stop_charpos
= end
;
4115 handled
= HANDLED_RETURN
;
4124 /***********************************************************************
4126 ***********************************************************************/
4128 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
4129 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
4131 struct overlay_entry
4133 Lisp_Object overlay
;
4140 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
4141 Called from handle_stop. */
4143 static enum prop_handled
4144 handle_overlay_change (it
)
4147 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
) && get_overlay_strings (it
, 0))
4148 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
4150 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4154 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
4155 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
4156 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
4157 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
4158 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
4159 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
4162 next_overlay_string (it
)
4165 ++it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
4166 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
== it
->n_overlay_strings
)
4168 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
4169 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
4170 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
4171 int display_ellipsis_p
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
;
4174 xassert (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
4175 && it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->end_charpos
);
4177 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4178 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, -1, -1);
4179 it
->n_overlay_strings
= 0;
4180 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
4182 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
4183 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
4184 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
4185 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
4186 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
4188 /* If we have to display `...' for invisible text, set
4189 the iterator up for that. */
4190 if (display_ellipsis_p
)
4191 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
4195 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
4196 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
4197 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
4199 int i
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
% OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
4201 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
&& i
== 0)
4202 load_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
4204 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
4206 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[i
];
4207 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4208 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, 0, 0);
4209 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4210 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4217 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
4218 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
4219 strings for the same position are sorted so that
4221 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
4222 when they come from the same overlay.
4224 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
4225 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
4227 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
4228 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
4230 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
4234 compare_overlay_entries (e1
, e2
)
4237 struct overlay_entry
*entry1
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e1
;
4238 struct overlay_entry
*entry2
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e2
;
4241 if (entry1
->after_string_p
!= entry2
->after_string_p
)
4243 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
4244 they come from different overlays. */
4245 if (EQ (entry1
->overlay
, entry2
->overlay
))
4246 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? 1 : -1;
4248 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? -1 : 1;
4250 else if (entry1
->after_string_p
)
4251 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
4252 result
= entry2
->priority
- entry1
->priority
;
4254 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
4255 result
= entry1
->priority
- entry2
->priority
;
4261 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
4262 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
4263 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
4265 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
4266 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
4267 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
4268 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
4271 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
4272 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
4273 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
4274 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
4275 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
4276 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
4277 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
4280 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
4281 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
4282 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
4283 compare_overlay_entries. */
4286 load_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
)
4290 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string
, Qbefore_string
, Qwindow
, Qpriority
;
4291 Lisp_Object overlay
, window
, str
, invisible
;
4292 struct Lisp_Overlay
*ov
;
4295 int n
= 0, i
, j
, invis_p
;
4296 struct overlay_entry
*entries
4297 = (struct overlay_entry
*) alloca (size
* sizeof *entries
);
4300 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4302 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
4303 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
4304 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
4306 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
4309 Lisp_Object priority; \
4313 int new_size = 2 * size; \
4314 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
4316 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
4317 * sizeof *entries); \
4318 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
4322 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
4323 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
4324 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
4325 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
4326 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
4331 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
4332 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_before
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
4334 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
4335 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
4336 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
4337 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
4342 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
4344 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
4347 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
4348 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
4349 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
4352 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
4353 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
4354 end position are indistinguishable. */
4355 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
4356 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
4358 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
4359 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4360 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4362 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
4364 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
4365 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4366 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4368 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
4371 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
4372 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_after
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
4374 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
4375 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
4376 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
4377 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
4379 if (start
> charpos
)
4382 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
4384 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
4387 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
4388 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
4389 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
4392 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
4393 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
4394 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
4395 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
4397 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
4398 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4399 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4401 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
4403 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
4404 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4405 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4407 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
4410 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
4414 qsort (entries
, n
, sizeof *entries
, compare_overlay_entries
);
4416 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
4417 it
->n_overlay_strings
= n
;
4419 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
4420 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
4421 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
4423 j
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
4424 while (i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
&& j
< n
)
4425 it
->overlay_strings
[i
++] = entries
[j
++].string
;
4431 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
4432 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
4433 least one overlay string was found. */
4436 get_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
)
4440 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
4441 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
4442 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
4443 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
4444 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
4445 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
4446 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
4447 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
4448 load_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
);
4450 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
4451 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
4452 from current_buffer. */
4453 if (it
->n_overlay_strings
)
4455 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
4456 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
4458 compute_stop_pos (it
);
4459 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
4461 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
4462 strings have been processed. */
4463 xassert (it
->sp
== 0);
4466 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
4468 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
4469 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[0];
4470 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4471 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
4472 it
->end_charpos
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
4473 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4474 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4479 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4480 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
4485 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
4486 return STRINGP (it
->string
);
4491 /***********************************************************************
4492 Saving and restoring state
4493 ***********************************************************************/
4495 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
4496 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
4497 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
4504 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
4506 xassert (it
->sp
< 2);
4507 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
4509 p
->stop_charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
4510 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
4511 p
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
4512 p
->string
= it
->string
;
4513 p
->pos
= it
->current
;
4514 p
->end_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
4515 p
->string_nchars
= it
->string_nchars
;
4517 p
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
4518 p
->slice
= it
->slice
;
4519 p
->space_width
= it
->space_width
;
4520 p
->font_height
= it
->font_height
;
4521 p
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
4522 p
->string_from_display_prop_p
= it
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
4523 p
->display_ellipsis_p
= 0;
4528 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
4529 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
4530 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
4531 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
4532 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
4538 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
4540 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
4542 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
4543 it
->stop_charpos
= p
->stop_charpos
;
4544 it
->face_id
= p
->face_id
;
4545 it
->string
= p
->string
;
4546 it
->current
= p
->pos
;
4547 it
->end_charpos
= p
->end_charpos
;
4548 it
->string_nchars
= p
->string_nchars
;
4550 it
->multibyte_p
= p
->multibyte_p
;
4551 it
->slice
= p
->slice
;
4552 it
->space_width
= p
->space_width
;
4553 it
->font_height
= p
->font_height
;
4554 it
->voffset
= p
->voffset
;
4555 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= p
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
4560 /***********************************************************************
4562 ***********************************************************************/
4564 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
4567 back_to_previous_line_start (it
)
4570 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, -1);
4571 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
4575 /* Move IT to the next line start.
4577 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
4578 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
4579 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
4582 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
4583 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
4584 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
4586 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
4587 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
4588 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
4589 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
4590 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
4591 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
4594 forward_to_next_line_start (it
, skipped_p
)
4598 int old_selective
, newline_found_p
, n
;
4599 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
= 500;
4601 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
4602 skipping over invisible text below. */
4603 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
4605 && CHARPOS (it
->position
) == IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
4607 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
4612 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
4613 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
4614 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
4615 calls this function. */
4616 old_selective
= it
->selective
;
4619 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
4620 from buffer text. */
4621 for (n
= newline_found_p
= 0;
4622 !newline_found_p
&& n
< MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
;
4623 n
+= STRINGP (it
->string
) ? 0 : 1)
4625 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
4627 newline_found_p
= it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
&& it
->c
== '\n';
4628 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
4631 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
4633 if (!newline_found_p
)
4635 int start
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4636 int limit
= find_next_newline_no_quit (start
, 1);
4639 xassert (!STRINGP (it
->string
));
4641 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
4642 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
4644 if (it
->stop_charpos
>= limit
4645 || ((pos
= Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start
),
4647 Qnil
, make_number (limit
)),
4649 && next_overlay_change (start
) == ZV
))
4651 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = limit
;
4652 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
4653 *skipped_p
= newline_found_p
= 1;
4657 while (get_next_display_element (it
)
4658 && !newline_found_p
)
4660 newline_found_p
= ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
);
4661 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
4666 it
->selective
= old_selective
;
4667 return newline_found_p
;
4671 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
4672 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
4673 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
4677 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
4680 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
4682 back_to_previous_line_start (it
);
4683 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
)
4686 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
4688 if (it
->selective
> 0
4689 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
4690 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
4693 /* Check the newline before point for invisibility. */
4696 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1),
4697 Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
4698 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
4702 /* If newline has a display property that replaces the newline with something
4703 else (image or text), find start of overlay or interval and continue search
4705 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
4707 struct it it2
= *it
;
4710 Lisp_Object val
, overlay
;
4712 pos
= --IT_CHARPOS (it2
);
4715 if (handle_display_prop (&it2
) == HANDLED_RETURN
4716 && !NILP (val
= get_char_property_and_overlay
4717 (make_number (pos
), Qdisplay
, Qnil
, &overlay
))
4718 && (OVERLAYP (overlay
)
4719 ? (beg
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
)))
4720 : get_property_and_range (pos
, Qdisplay
, &val
, &beg
, &end
, Qnil
)))
4724 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = beg
;
4725 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (current_buffer
, beg
);
4733 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
4734 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEGV
4735 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
4740 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
4741 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
4742 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
4743 face information etc. */
4746 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
4749 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
4750 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
4755 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
4756 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
4757 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
4758 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
4759 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
4760 is invisible because of text properties. */
4763 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, on_newline_p
)
4767 int newline_found_p
, skipped_p
= 0;
4769 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
4771 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
4772 more than the value of IT->selective. */
4773 if (it
->selective
> 0)
4774 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
4775 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
4776 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
4778 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
4779 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
4782 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
4783 if (on_newline_p
&& newline_found_p
)
4785 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4787 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
4789 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
4790 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4793 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
4797 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
4801 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
4808 /***********************************************************************
4809 Changing an iterator's position
4810 ***********************************************************************/
4812 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
4813 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
4814 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
4815 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
4818 reseat (it
, pos
, force_p
)
4820 struct text_pos pos
;
4823 int original_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4825 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, 0);
4827 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
4828 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
4830 || CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
4831 || CHARPOS (pos
) < original_pos
)
4838 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
4839 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
4842 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, set_stop_p
)
4844 struct text_pos pos
;
4847 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
4848 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
4850 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
4851 xassert (CHARPOS (pos
) >= BEGV
&& CHARPOS (pos
) <= ZV
);
4853 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= pos
;
4854 XSETBUFFER (it
->object
, current_buffer
);
4855 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
4857 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
4858 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4859 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = -1;
4860 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
4862 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
4863 /* RMS: I added this to fix a bug in move_it_vertically_backward
4864 where it->area continued to relate to the starting point
4865 for the backward motion. Bug report from
4866 Nick Roberts <nick@nick.uklinux.net> on 19 May 2003.
4867 However, I am not sure whether reseat still does the right thing
4868 in general after this change. */
4869 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4870 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
4872 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 0;
4875 it
->stop_charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
);
4879 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
4880 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
4881 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
4883 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
4884 characters from the string.
4886 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4887 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
4890 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
4891 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
4892 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
4894 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
4895 calling this function. */
4898 reseat_to_string (it
, s
, string
, charpos
, precision
, field_width
, multibyte
)
4903 int precision
, field_width
, multibyte
;
4905 /* No region in strings. */
4906 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
4908 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
4909 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
4911 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
4912 bzero (&it
->current
, sizeof it
->current
);
4913 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4914 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
4915 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
4917 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
4918 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
4920 it
->multibyte_p
= multibyte
> 0;
4924 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
4925 it
->string
= string
;
4927 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (string
);
4928 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4929 it
->current
.string_pos
= string_pos (charpos
, string
);
4936 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
4937 for displaying C strings. */
4938 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
4939 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
4941 it
->current
.pos
= c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, 1);
4942 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= number_of_chars (s
, 1);
4946 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
4947 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= strlen (s
);
4950 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
4953 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
4955 if (precision
> 0 && it
->end_charpos
- charpos
> precision
)
4956 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= charpos
+ precision
;
4958 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4959 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
4960 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
4961 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
4962 if (field_width
< 0)
4963 field_width
= INFINITY
;
4964 if (field_width
> it
->end_charpos
- charpos
)
4965 it
->end_charpos
= charpos
+ field_width
;
4967 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
4968 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table
))
4969 it
->dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table
);
4971 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
4977 /***********************************************************************
4979 ***********************************************************************/
4981 /* Map enum it_method value to corresponding next_element_from_* function. */
4983 static int (* get_next_element
[NUM_IT_METHODS
]) P_ ((struct it
*it
)) =
4985 next_element_from_buffer
,
4986 next_element_from_display_vector
,
4987 next_element_from_composition
,
4988 next_element_from_string
,
4989 next_element_from_c_string
,
4990 next_element_from_image
,
4991 next_element_from_stretch
4995 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4996 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
4997 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
5000 get_next_display_element (it
)
5003 /* Non-zero means that we found a display element. Zero means that
5004 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
5005 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
5006 using a sequence of if-statements. */
5010 success_p
= (*get_next_element
[it
->method
]) (it
);
5012 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
5014 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
5015 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
5016 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
5017 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
5018 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
5019 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
5020 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
5021 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
5023 if (success_p
&& it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
5028 && (dv
= DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it
->dp
, it
->c
),
5031 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (dv
);
5033 /* Return the first character from the display table
5034 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
5035 current character. */
5038 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
5039 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
5040 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
5041 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
5042 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
5043 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5044 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
5049 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5054 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
5055 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
5056 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
5057 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
5058 don't believe that it is worth doing.
5060 If it->multibyte_p is nonzero, eight-bit characters and
5061 non-printable multibyte characters are also translated to
5064 If it->multibyte_p is zero, eight-bit characters that
5065 don't have corresponding multibyte char code are also
5066 translated to octal form. */
5067 else if ((it
->c
< ' '
5068 && (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
5069 /* In mode line, treat \n like other crl chars. */
5071 && it
->glyph_row
&& it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
)
5072 || (it
->c
!= '\n' && it
->c
!= '\t')))
5076 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it
->c
)
5077 || (!NILP (Vshow_nonbreak_escape
)
5078 && (it
->c
== 0x8ad || it
->c
== 0x8a0)))
5080 && (!unibyte_display_via_language_environment
5081 || it
->c
== unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
)))))
5083 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
5084 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
5085 can be defined in the display table. Fill
5086 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
5087 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
5090 int face_id
, lface_id
;
5093 if (it
->c
< 128 && it
->ctl_arrow_p
)
5095 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
5097 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
))
5098 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
))))
5100 g
= XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
));
5101 lface_id
= FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g
);
5104 g
= FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g
);
5105 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
5111 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
5112 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
5117 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], g
);
5119 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], g
);
5121 goto display_control
;
5125 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
))
5126 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
))))
5128 escape_glyph
= XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
));
5129 lface_id
= FAST_GLYPH_FACE (escape_glyph
);
5132 escape_glyph
= FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (escape_glyph
);
5133 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
5139 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
5140 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
5142 escape_glyph
= '\\';
5145 if (it
->c
== 0x8a0 || it
->c
== 0x8ad)
5147 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], escape_glyph
);
5148 g
= it
->c
== 0x8ad ? '-' : ' ';
5149 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], g
);
5151 goto display_control
;
5155 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
5159 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
5160 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
))
5161 str
[0] = it
->c
, len
= 1;
5164 len
= CHAR_STRING_NO_SIGNAL (it
->c
, str
);
5167 /* It's an invalid character, which shouldn't
5168 happen actually, but due to bugs it may
5169 happen. Let's print the char as is, there's
5170 not much meaningful we can do with it. */
5172 str
[1] = it
->c
>> 8;
5173 str
[2] = it
->c
>> 16;
5174 str
[3] = it
->c
>> 24;
5179 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
5181 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4], escape_glyph
);
5182 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
5183 the octal display of the character. */
5184 g
= ((str
[i
] >> 6) & 7) + '0';
5185 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 1], g
);
5186 g
= ((str
[i
] >> 3) & 7) + '0';
5187 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 2], g
);
5188 g
= (str
[i
] & 7) + '0';
5189 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 3], g
);
5195 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
5196 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
5197 it
->dpvec
= it
->ctl_chars
;
5198 it
->dpend
= it
->dpvec
+ ctl_len
;
5199 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
5200 it
->dpvec_face_id
= face_id
;
5201 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5202 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
5208 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
5209 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
5212 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
5214 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
5215 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->c
);
5219 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
5220 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
5227 it
->end_of_box_run_p
5228 = ((face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
),
5229 face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
5230 && (face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
),
5231 face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
));
5234 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
5239 /* Move IT to the next display element.
5241 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
5242 skip to the next visible line start.
5244 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
5245 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
5246 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
5247 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
5248 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
5249 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
5250 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
5251 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
5252 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
5255 set_iterator_to_next (it
, reseat_p
)
5259 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
5260 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
5261 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
5262 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
= 0;
5266 case GET_FROM_BUFFER
:
5267 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
5268 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
5269 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
5270 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
) && reseat_p
)
5271 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
5274 xassert (it
->len
!= 0);
5275 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
5276 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
5277 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
5281 case GET_FROM_COMPOSITION
:
5282 xassert (it
->cmp_id
>= 0 && it
->cmp_id
< n_compositions
);
5283 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5285 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
5286 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_len
;
5287 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5288 goto consider_string_end
;
5292 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
5293 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_len
;
5294 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5298 case GET_FROM_C_STRING
:
5299 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
5300 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
5301 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
5304 case GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
:
5305 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
5306 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
5307 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
5309 ++it
->current
.dpvec_index
;
5311 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
5312 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
5313 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
5315 if (it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
== it
->dpend
)
5318 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
5319 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5320 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5322 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5325 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
5327 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
5328 if (it
->dpvec_char_len
< 0)
5329 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
5330 else if (it
->dpvec_char_len
> 0)
5332 it
->len
= it
->dpvec_char_len
;
5333 set_iterator_to_next (it
, reseat_p
);
5336 /* Recheck faces after display vector */
5337 it
->stop_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5341 case GET_FROM_STRING
:
5342 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
5343 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
&& STRINGP (it
->string
));
5344 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
5345 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
5347 consider_string_end
:
5349 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
5351 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
5352 next, if there is one. */
5353 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
5354 next_overlay_string (it
);
5358 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
5359 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
5360 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
5361 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
5362 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == SCHARS (it
->string
)
5366 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5367 goto consider_string_end
;
5368 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5373 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
5374 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
5375 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
5376 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
5377 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
5378 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
5381 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5383 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5384 goto consider_string_end
;
5386 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5390 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
5394 xassert (it
->method
!= GET_FROM_STRING
5395 || (STRINGP (it
->string
)
5396 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0));
5399 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
5400 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
5401 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
5404 IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters.
5405 IT->saved_face_id holds the face id before the display vector--
5406 it is restored into IT->face_idin set_iterator_to_next. */
5409 next_element_from_display_vector (it
)
5413 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
5415 if (INTEGERP (*it
->dpvec
)
5416 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it
->dpvec
)))
5420 g
= XFASTINT (it
->dpvec
[it
->current
.dpvec_index
]);
5421 it
->c
= FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g
);
5422 it
->len
= CHAR_BYTES (it
->c
);
5424 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
5425 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
5426 zero means no face is specified. */
5427 if (it
->dpvec_face_id
>= 0)
5428 it
->face_id
= it
->dpvec_face_id
;
5431 int lface_id
= FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g
);
5433 it
->face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
5438 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
5439 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
5441 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
5442 still the values of the character that had this display table
5443 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
5444 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
5449 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
5450 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
5451 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
5455 next_element_from_string (it
)
5458 struct text_pos position
;
5460 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
5461 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
5462 position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
5464 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
5465 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
5466 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
)
5470 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
5472 return get_next_display_element (it
);
5475 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
5477 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
5478 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
5480 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
5485 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
5487 int remaining
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
5488 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
5489 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5490 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, remaining
, &it
->len
);
5494 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5500 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
5501 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
5502 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
5503 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
5504 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
5509 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
5511 /* Pad with spaces. */
5512 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
5513 CHARPOS (position
) = BYTEPOS (position
) = -1;
5515 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
5517 int maxlen
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
5518 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
5519 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5520 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, maxlen
, &it
->len
);
5524 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5529 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
5530 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
5532 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
5533 it
->object
= it
->string
;
5534 it
->position
= position
;
5539 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
5540 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
5541 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
5542 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
5543 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
5544 reached, including padding spaces. */
5547 next_element_from_c_string (it
)
5553 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
5554 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = 0;
5557 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
5558 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
5560 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
5562 /* End of the game. */
5566 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
5568 /* Pad with spaces. */
5569 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
5570 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = -1;
5572 else if (it
->multibyte_p
)
5574 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
5575 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
5576 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
5577 int maxlen
= strlen (it
->s
) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
5578 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (it
->s
+ IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
5582 it
->c
= it
->s
[IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)], it
->len
= 1;
5588 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
5589 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
5590 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
5591 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
5594 next_element_from_ellipsis (it
)
5597 if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
5598 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, it
->len
);
5601 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
5602 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
5603 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
5604 setting face_before_selective_p. */
5605 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5606 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5607 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
5608 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 1;
5611 return get_next_display_element (it
);
5615 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
5616 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
5621 next_element_from_image (it
)
5624 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
5629 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
5630 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
5634 next_element_from_stretch (it
)
5637 it
->what
= IT_STRETCH
;
5642 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
5643 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
5644 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
5648 next_element_from_buffer (it
)
5653 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
5654 if-statement, below. */
5655 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
5656 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= it
->stop_charpos
);
5658 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->stop_charpos
)
5660 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
5662 int overlay_strings_follow_p
;
5664 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
5665 haven't been returned yet. */
5666 if (it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
)
5667 overlay_strings_follow_p
= 0;
5670 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
5671 overlay_strings_follow_p
= get_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
5674 if (overlay_strings_follow_p
)
5675 success_p
= get_next_display_element (it
);
5679 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
5686 return get_next_display_element (it
);
5691 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
5692 character from current_buffer. */
5695 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
5696 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
5697 if (it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
5699 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
)
5700 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
);
5702 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
5703 p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5704 if (it
->multibyte_p
&& !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p
))
5706 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT_BYTE
? ZV_BYTE
: GPT_BYTE
)
5707 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
5708 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (p
, maxlen
, &it
->len
);
5711 it
->c
= *p
, it
->len
= 1;
5713 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
5714 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;;
5715 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5716 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
5718 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
5719 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
5724 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
5725 than that number of columns. */
5726 if (it
->selective
> 0
5727 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1 < ZV
5728 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1,
5729 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) + 1,
5730 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
5732 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
5733 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
5736 else if (it
->c
== '\r' && it
->selective
== -1)
5738 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
5739 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
5740 ellipsis displayed for it. */
5741 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
5742 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
5747 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
5748 xassert (!success_p
|| it
->what
!= IT_CHARACTER
|| it
->len
> 0);
5753 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
5756 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
)
5759 Lisp_Object args
[3];
5761 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
5762 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
5763 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
5765 /* Set up hook arguments. */
5766 args
[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
5767 args
[1] = it
->window
;
5768 XSETINT (args
[2], it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
);
5769 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= 0;
5771 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
5772 them again, even if they get an error. */
5773 it
->w
->redisplay_end_trigger
= Qnil
;
5774 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args
);
5776 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
5777 handle_face_prop (it
);
5781 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
5782 filled with composition information (done in
5783 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
5786 next_element_from_composition (it
)
5789 it
->what
= IT_COMPOSITION
;
5790 it
->position
= (STRINGP (it
->string
)
5791 ? it
->current
.string_pos
5798 /***********************************************************************
5799 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
5800 ***********************************************************************/
5802 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
5803 line on the display without producing glyphs.
5805 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
5806 MOVE_TO_X: Stop on reaching x-position TO_X.
5807 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop on reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
5808 Regardless of OP's value, stop in reaching the end of the display line.
5810 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
5811 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
5814 The return value has several possible values that
5815 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
5817 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
5818 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
5821 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
5824 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
5828 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
5832 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
5835 static enum move_it_result
5836 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
)
5838 int to_charpos
, to_x
, op
;
5840 enum move_it_result result
= MOVE_UNDEFINED
;
5841 struct glyph_row
*saved_glyph_row
;
5843 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
5844 saved_glyph_row
= it
->glyph_row
;
5845 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
5847 #define BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P() \
5848 ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0 \
5849 && BUFFERP (it->object) \
5850 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos \
5851 && (it->method == GET_FROM_BUFFER \
5852 || (it->method == GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR \
5853 && it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index + 1 >= it->dpend)))
5858 int x
, i
, ascent
= 0, descent
= 0;
5860 /* Stop when ZV reached.
5861 We used to stop here when TO_CHARPOS reached as well, but that is
5862 too soon if this glyph does not fit on this line. So we handle it
5863 explicitly below. */
5864 if (!get_next_display_element (it
)
5865 || (it
->truncate_lines_p
5866 && BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ()))
5868 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
5872 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
5873 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
5874 x-position before this display element in case it does not
5878 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
5880 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
)
5882 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
5883 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
5886 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
5888 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
5890 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
5894 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
5895 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
5896 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
5897 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
5898 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
5899 composite character.
5901 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
5902 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
5903 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
5904 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
5905 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
5906 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
5907 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
5910 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
5914 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
5915 glyphs have the same width. */
5916 int single_glyph_width
= it
->pixel_width
/ it
->nglyphs
;
5919 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
5921 new_x
= x
+ single_glyph_width
;
5923 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
5924 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && new_x
> to_x
)
5926 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
5927 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
5929 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
5932 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
5933 !it
->truncate_lines_p
5934 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
5935 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
5936 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
5938 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
5939 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
5941 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
5942 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
5944 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
5945 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
5948 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
5949 if (i
== it
->nglyphs
- 1)
5951 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
5952 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5953 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
5955 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
5957 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
5960 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
5962 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
5963 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
5965 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
5968 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
5970 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
5974 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5980 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
5981 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
5984 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
5986 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
5989 else if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
5990 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
5991 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
5993 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
5994 would be displayed. */
5999 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
6000 area. Nothing to do. */
6004 if (result
!= MOVE_UNDEFINED
)
6007 else if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
6011 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
6012 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
6013 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
6016 else if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && it
->current_x
>= to_x
)
6018 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
6019 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
6020 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
6021 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
6022 xassert (it
->nglyphs
== 0);
6023 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
6027 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
6028 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
6030 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
6034 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
6036 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
6038 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
6039 past the right edge of the window now. */
6040 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
6041 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
6043 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6044 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
6046 if (!get_next_display_element (it
)
6047 || BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
6049 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
6052 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
6054 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
6058 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6059 result
= MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
;
6064 #undef BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P
6066 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
6068 it
->glyph_row
= saved_glyph_row
;
6073 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
6074 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
6076 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
6077 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
6078 description of enum move_operation_enum.
6080 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
6081 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
6085 move_it_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
, op
)
6087 int to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
;
6090 enum move_it_result skip
, skip2
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
6096 if (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
6098 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
6099 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
6100 if ((op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)) == 0)
6102 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
6108 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
6112 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
6113 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
6114 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
6120 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
6122 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
|| it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
6127 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
&& it
->vpos
!= to_vpos
)
6129 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
6130 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
6132 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
6140 else if (op
& MOVE_TO_Y
)
6142 struct it it_backup
;
6144 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
6145 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
6146 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
6147 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
6148 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
6151 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
6152 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
6153 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
6154 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
6156 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
6160 | (op
& MOVE_TO_POS
)));
6162 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
6163 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
6169 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
6170 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
6171 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
6173 if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
6176 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
6177 skip2
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1,
6179 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
6182 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
6183 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
6184 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height
));
6186 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
6187 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
6189 if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
6190 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
6191 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
6192 to the ones before skipping. */
6196 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
6199 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
6207 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
6211 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
:
6215 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
:
6216 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
6217 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
6220 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
:
6221 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
6222 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
6223 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
6224 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
6231 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
:
6232 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
6239 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
6240 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
6241 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
6242 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
6244 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
6245 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
6246 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
6251 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached
));
6255 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
6257 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
6258 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
6259 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
6260 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
6261 set to the top of the line moved to. */
6264 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, dy
)
6275 start_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6277 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
6278 nlines
= max (1, dy
/ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
6280 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
6281 while (nlines
-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
6282 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
6284 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
6285 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
6286 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
6287 use reseat_1 here. */
6288 reseat_1 (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
6290 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
6291 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
6292 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
6294 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
6295 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
6296 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
6299 it2
.max_ascent
= it2
.max_descent
= 0;
6300 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, it2
.vpos
+ 1,
6301 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
6302 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
6305 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
6306 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
6307 /* H is the actual vertical distance from the position in *IT
6308 and the starting position. */
6309 h
= it2
.current_y
- it
->current_y
;
6310 /* NLINES is the distance in number of lines. */
6311 nlines
= it2
.vpos
- it
->vpos
;
6313 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position
6314 so that they are relative to the starting point. */
6320 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
6321 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
6323 move_it_by_lines (it
, nlines
, 1);
6325 /* I think this assert is bogus if buffer contains
6326 invisible text or images. KFS. */
6327 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= start_pos
);
6332 /* The y-position we try to reach, relative to *IT.
6333 Note that H has been subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
6334 int target_y
= it
->current_y
+ h
- dy
;
6335 int y0
= it3
.current_y
;
6336 int y1
= line_bottom_y (&it3
);
6337 int line_height
= y1
- y0
;
6339 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
6340 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
6341 if (target_y
< it
->current_y
6342 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
6343 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
6344 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
6345 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
6346 && (it
->current_y
- target_y
6347 > min (window_box_height (it
->w
), line_height
* 2 / 3))
6348 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
6350 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
6351 target_y
- it
->current_y
));
6352 dy
= it
->current_y
- target_y
;
6353 goto move_further_back
;
6355 else if (target_y
>= it
->current_y
+ line_height
6356 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
6358 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
6360 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
6361 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
6362 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
6363 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
6364 treating terminal frames specially here. */
6366 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
6367 move_it_vertically (it
, target_y
- (it
->current_y
+ line_height
));
6372 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
6374 while (target_y
>= line_bottom_y (it
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
);
6378 /* I think this assert is bogus if buffer contains
6379 invisible text or images. KFS. */
6380 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
6387 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
6388 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
6389 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
6392 move_it_vertically (it
, dy
)
6397 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, -dy
);
6400 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
), dy
));
6401 move_it_to (it
, ZV
, -1, it
->current_y
+ dy
, -1,
6402 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
6403 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
6405 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
6406 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
6407 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == ZV
6408 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n')
6409 move_it_by_lines (it
, 0, 0);
6414 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
6417 move_it_past_eol (it
)
6420 enum move_it_result rc
;
6422 rc
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, Z
, 0, MOVE_TO_POS
);
6423 if (rc
== MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
)
6424 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
6428 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
6430 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
6431 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
6435 invisible_text_between_p (it
, start_charpos
, end_charpos
)
6437 int start_charpos
, end_charpos
;
6439 Lisp_Object prop
, limit
;
6440 int invisible_found_p
;
6442 xassert (it
!= NULL
&& start_charpos
<= end_charpos
);
6444 /* Is text at START invisible? */
6445 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos
), Qinvisible
,
6447 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
6448 invisible_found_p
= 1;
6451 limit
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos
),
6453 make_number (end_charpos
));
6454 invisible_found_p
= XFASTINT (limit
) < end_charpos
;
6457 return invisible_found_p
;
6463 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
6464 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
6465 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
6466 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
6468 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
6469 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
6470 truncate-lines nil. */
6473 move_it_by_lines (it
, dvpos
, need_y_p
)
6475 int dvpos
, need_y_p
;
6477 struct position pos
;
6479 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
6481 struct text_pos textpos
;
6483 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
6484 pos
= *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), dvpos
, it
->w
);
6485 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos
, pos
.bufpos
, pos
.bytepos
);
6486 reseat (it
, textpos
, 1);
6487 it
->vpos
+= pos
.vpos
;
6488 it
->current_y
+= pos
.vpos
;
6490 else if (dvpos
== 0)
6492 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
6493 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
6494 xassert (it
->current_x
== 0 && it
->hpos
== 0);
6495 /* Let next call to line_bottom_y calculate real line height */
6499 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ dvpos
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
6503 int start_charpos
, i
;
6505 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
6507 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
6509 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
6510 start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6511 for (i
= -dvpos
; i
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
; --i
)
6512 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
6513 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
6514 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
6516 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
6517 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
6519 it2
.vpos
= it2
.current_y
= 0;
6520 move_it_to (&it2
, start_charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
6521 it
->vpos
-= it2
.vpos
;
6522 it
->current_y
-= it2
.current_y
;
6523 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
6525 /* If we moved too far back, move IT some lines forward. */
6526 if (it2
.vpos
> -dvpos
)
6528 int delta
= it2
.vpos
+ dvpos
;
6530 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ delta
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
6531 /* Move back again if we got too far ahead. */
6532 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= start_charpos
)
6538 /* Return 1 if IT points into the middle of a display vector. */
6541 in_display_vector_p (it
)
6544 return (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
6545 && it
->current
.dpvec_index
> 0
6546 && it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
!= it
->dpend
);
6550 /***********************************************************************
6552 ***********************************************************************/
6555 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
6559 add_to_log (format
, arg1
, arg2
)
6561 Lisp_Object arg1
, arg2
;
6563 Lisp_Object args
[3];
6564 Lisp_Object msg
, fmt
;
6567 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
6570 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
6571 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
6572 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
6573 if (handling_signal
)
6577 GCPRO4 (fmt
, msg
, arg1
, arg2
);
6579 args
[0] = fmt
= build_string (format
);
6582 msg
= Fformat (3, args
);
6584 len
= SBYTES (msg
) + 1;
6585 SAFE_ALLOCA (buffer
, char *, len
);
6586 bcopy (SDATA (msg
), buffer
, len
);
6588 message_dolog (buffer
, len
- 1, 1, 0);
6595 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
6598 message_log_maybe_newline ()
6600 if (message_log_need_newline
)
6601 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
6605 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
6606 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
6607 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
6608 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
6609 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
6612 message_dolog (m
, nbytes
, nlflag
, multibyte
)
6614 int nbytes
, nlflag
, multibyte
;
6616 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full
))
6619 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max
))
6621 struct buffer
*oldbuf
;
6622 Lisp_Object oldpoint
, oldbegv
, oldzv
;
6623 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
6624 int point_at_end
= 0;
6626 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark
, tem
;
6627 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
6629 old_deactivate_mark
= Vdeactivate_mark
;
6630 oldbuf
= current_buffer
;
6631 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name
));
6632 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
6634 oldpoint
= message_dolog_marker1
;
6635 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint
, make_number (PT
), Qnil
);
6636 oldbegv
= message_dolog_marker2
;
6637 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv
, make_number (BEGV
), Qnil
);
6638 oldzv
= message_dolog_marker3
;
6639 set_marker_restricted (oldzv
, make_number (ZV
), Qnil
);
6640 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark
);
6648 BEGV_BYTE
= BEG_BYTE
;
6651 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
6653 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
6654 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
6656 && NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
6658 int i
, c
, char_bytes
;
6659 unsigned char work
[1];
6661 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
6662 for the *Message* buffer. */
6663 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= char_bytes
)
6665 c
= string_char_and_length (m
+ i
, nbytes
- i
, &char_bytes
);
6666 work
[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6668 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
6669 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6672 else if (! multibyte
6673 && ! NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
6675 int i
, c
, char_bytes
;
6676 unsigned char *msg
= (unsigned char *) m
;
6677 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
6678 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
6679 for the *Message* buffer. */
6680 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6682 c
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg
[i
]);
6683 char_bytes
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
6684 insert_1_both (str
, 1, char_bytes
, 1, 0, 0);
6688 insert_1 (m
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
6692 int this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, dup
;
6693 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
6695 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
6697 this_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
6699 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
6700 If so, combine duplicates. */
6703 scan_newline (PT
, PT_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
6705 prev_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
6707 dup
= message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
6708 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
);
6711 del_range_both (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
6712 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, 0);
6718 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
6719 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
6720 sprintf (dupstr
, " [%d times]", dup
);
6721 duplen
= strlen (dupstr
);
6722 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
- 1, Z_BYTE
- 1);
6723 insert_1 (dupstr
, duplen
, 1, 0, 1);
6728 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
6729 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
6730 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
6732 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max
))
6734 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
,
6735 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max
) - 1, 0);
6736 del_range_both (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, 0);
6739 BEGV
= XMARKER (oldbegv
)->charpos
;
6740 BEGV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldbegv
);
6749 ZV
= XMARKER (oldzv
)->charpos
;
6750 ZV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldzv
);
6754 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
6756 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
6758 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint
)->charpos
,
6759 XMARKER (oldpoint
)->bytepos
);
6762 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldpoint
));
6763 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldbegv
));
6764 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldzv
));
6766 tem
= Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt
);
6767 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf
);
6769 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
6770 message_log_need_newline
= !nlflag
;
6771 Vdeactivate_mark
= old_deactivate_mark
;
6776 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
6777 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
6778 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
6779 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
6780 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
6783 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, this_bol
, this_bol_byte
)
6784 int prev_bol
, this_bol
;
6785 int prev_bol_byte
, this_bol_byte
;
6788 int len
= Z_BYTE
- 1 - this_bol_byte
;
6790 unsigned char *p1
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, prev_bol_byte
);
6791 unsigned char *p2
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, this_bol_byte
);
6793 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
6795 if (i
>= 3 && p1
[i
-3] == '.' && p1
[i
-2] == '.' && p1
[i
-1] == '.')
6803 if (*p1
++ == ' ' && *p1
++ == '[')
6806 while (*p1
>= '0' && *p1
<= '9')
6807 n
= n
* 10 + *p1
++ - '0';
6808 if (strncmp (p1
, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
6815 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
6816 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
6817 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
6820 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
6821 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
6822 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
6823 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
6826 message2 (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
6831 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
6832 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6834 message_dolog (m
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
6835 message2_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
6839 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
6842 message2_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
6844 int nbytes
, multibyte
;
6846 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6847 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
6851 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
6852 putc ('\n', stderr
);
6853 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
6855 fwrite (m
, nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
6856 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
6857 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
6860 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6861 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6862 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6863 else if (INTERACTIVE
6864 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
6865 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
6867 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
6870 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6871 that the selected frame is using. */
6872 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
6873 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
6875 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
6876 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
6877 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6878 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
6882 set_message (m
, Qnil
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
6883 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
6884 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
6887 clear_message (1, 1);
6889 do_pending_window_change (0);
6890 echo_area_display (1);
6891 do_pending_window_change (0);
6892 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
6893 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
6898 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
6899 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
6900 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
6901 text show through. */
6904 message3 (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
6909 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
6912 clear_message (1,1);
6914 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
6915 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6917 message_dolog (SDATA (m
), nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
6918 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
6924 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
6927 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
6929 int nbytes
, multibyte
;
6931 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6932 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
6936 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
6937 putc ('\n', stderr
);
6938 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
6940 fwrite (SDATA (m
), nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
6941 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
6942 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
6945 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6946 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6947 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6948 else if (INTERACTIVE
6949 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
6950 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
6952 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
6956 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6957 that the selected frame is using. */
6958 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
6959 frame
= XWINDOW (mini_window
)->frame
;
6962 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
6963 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
6964 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6965 Fmake_frame_visible (frame
);
6967 if (STRINGP (m
) && SCHARS (m
) > 0)
6969 set_message (NULL
, m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
6970 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
6971 Fraise_frame (frame
);
6974 clear_message (1, 1);
6976 do_pending_window_change (0);
6977 echo_area_display (1);
6978 do_pending_window_change (0);
6979 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
6980 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
6985 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
6986 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
6988 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
6989 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
6990 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
6991 that was alloca'd. */
6997 message2 (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
7001 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
7007 message2_nolog (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
7010 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
7011 which gets replaced with STRING. */
7014 message_with_string (m
, string
, log
)
7019 CHECK_STRING (string
);
7025 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
7026 putc ('\n', stderr
);
7027 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
7028 fprintf (stderr
, m
, SDATA (string
));
7029 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
7030 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
7034 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
7036 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
7037 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
7038 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
7039 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
7040 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7042 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
7043 that the selected frame is using. */
7044 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
7045 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
7047 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
7048 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
7049 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
7050 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
7052 Lisp_Object args
[2], message
;
7053 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
7055 args
[0] = build_string (m
);
7056 args
[1] = message
= string
;
7057 GCPRO2 (args
[0], message
);
7060 message
= Fformat (2, args
);
7063 message3 (message
, SBYTES (message
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message
));
7065 message3_nolog (message
, SBYTES (message
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message
));
7069 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
7070 buffer next time. */
7071 message_buf_print
= 0;
7077 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
7078 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
7082 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
7084 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
7090 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
7091 putc ('\n', stderr
);
7092 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
7093 fprintf (stderr
, m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
7094 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
7095 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
7099 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
7101 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
7102 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
7103 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
7104 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
7105 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7107 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
7108 that the selected frame is using. */
7109 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
7110 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
7112 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
7113 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
7114 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
7116 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
7127 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
7128 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3, a
);
7130 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
7131 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3,
7133 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
7135 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
, 0);
7140 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
7141 buffer next time. */
7142 message_buf_print
= 0;
7148 /* The non-logging version of message. */
7151 message_nolog (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
7153 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
7155 Lisp_Object old_log_max
;
7156 old_log_max
= Vmessage_log_max
;
7157 Vmessage_log_max
= Qnil
;
7158 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
7159 Vmessage_log_max
= old_log_max
;
7163 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
7164 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
7170 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
7173 string
= Fcurrent_message ();
7174 message3 (string
, SBYTES (string
),
7175 !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
));
7180 /* Make sure echo area buffers in `echo_buffers' are live.
7181 If they aren't, make new ones. */
7184 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
7188 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
7189 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer
[i
])
7190 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
])->name
))
7193 Lisp_Object old_buffer
;
7196 old_buffer
= echo_buffer
[i
];
7197 sprintf (name
, " *Echo Area %d*", i
);
7198 echo_buffer
[i
] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name
));
7199 XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
])->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
7201 for (j
= 0; j
< 2; ++j
)
7202 if (EQ (old_buffer
, echo_area_buffer
[j
]))
7203 echo_area_buffer
[j
] = echo_buffer
[i
];
7208 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
7209 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
7211 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
7212 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
7213 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
7215 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
7216 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
7218 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
7219 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
7220 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
7222 Value is what FN returns. */
7225 with_echo_area_buffer (w
, which
, fn
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
7228 int (*fn
) P_ ((EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
));
7234 int this_one
, the_other
, clear_buffer_p
, rc
;
7235 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7237 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
7238 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
7243 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
7245 this_one
= 1, the_other
= 0;
7248 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
7251 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
7252 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
7253 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
])
7254 && EQ (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
], echo_area_buffer
[the_other
]))
7255 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
] = Qnil
;
7258 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
7260 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]))
7262 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]
7263 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[the_other
], echo_buffer
[this_one
])
7264 ? echo_buffer
[the_other
]
7265 : echo_buffer
[this_one
]);
7269 buffer
= echo_area_buffer
[this_one
];
7271 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
7272 for a different purpose. */
7273 if (echo_kboard
== NULL
&& EQ (buffer
, echo_message_buffer
))
7276 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
,
7277 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
));
7279 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
7280 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
7281 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
7282 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
7283 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
7284 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
7286 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
7290 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
7293 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
7294 current_buffer
->read_only
= Qnil
;
7295 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
7296 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
7298 if (clear_buffer_p
&& Z
> BEG
)
7301 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
7302 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
7304 rc
= fn (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
);
7306 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
7307 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
7309 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7314 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
7315 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
7318 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
)
7324 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
7325 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
7326 vector
= Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
7327 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
7330 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil
);
7332 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector
, i
), current_buffer
); ++i
;
7333 AREF (vector
, i
) = Vdeactivate_mark
, ++i
;
7334 AREF (vector
, i
) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed
), ++i
;
7338 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector
, i
), w
); ++i
;
7339 AREF (vector
, i
) = w
->buffer
; ++i
;
7340 AREF (vector
, i
) = make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
); ++i
;
7341 AREF (vector
, i
) = make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->bytepos
); ++i
;
7346 for (; i
< end
; ++i
)
7347 AREF (vector
, i
) = Qnil
;
7350 xassert (i
== ASIZE (vector
));
7355 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
7356 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
7359 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector
)
7362 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector
, 0)));
7363 Vdeactivate_mark
= AREF (vector
, 1);
7364 windows_or_buffers_changed
= XFASTINT (AREF (vector
, 2));
7366 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector
, 3)))
7369 Lisp_Object buffer
, charpos
, bytepos
;
7371 w
= XWINDOW (AREF (vector
, 3));
7372 buffer
= AREF (vector
, 4);
7373 charpos
= AREF (vector
, 5);
7374 bytepos
= AREF (vector
, 6);
7377 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
,
7378 XFASTINT (charpos
), XFASTINT (bytepos
));
7381 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= vector
;
7386 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
7387 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
7390 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p
)
7393 /* If we can't find an echo area any more, exit. */
7394 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (selected_frame
)))
7397 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
7399 if (!message_buf_print
)
7401 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
7402 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
7403 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
7404 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
7406 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
7408 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
7409 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
7410 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
7414 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7415 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
7416 /* Note that undo recording is always disabled. */
7418 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7420 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
7422 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
7424 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
7425 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
7427 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
7428 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
7430 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7431 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
7432 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
7433 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
7436 message_log_maybe_newline ();
7437 message_buf_print
= 1;
7441 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
7443 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
7444 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
7446 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
7449 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
7451 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
7452 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
7453 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
7459 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
7460 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
7461 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
7462 display the current message. */
7465 display_echo_area (w
)
7468 int i
, no_message_p
, window_height_changed_p
, count
;
7470 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
7471 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
7472 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
7473 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
7475 count
= inhibit_garbage_collection ();
7477 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
7478 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
7479 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
7480 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
7481 i
= display_last_displayed_message_p
? 1 : 0;
7482 no_message_p
= NILP (echo_area_buffer
[i
]);
7484 window_height_changed_p
7485 = with_echo_area_buffer (w
, display_last_displayed_message_p
,
7486 display_echo_area_1
,
7487 (EMACS_INT
) w
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
7490 echo_area_buffer
[i
] = Qnil
;
7492 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7493 return window_height_changed_p
;
7497 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
7498 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
7499 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
7500 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
7501 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
7504 display_echo_area_1 (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
7509 struct window
*w
= (struct window
*) a1
;
7511 struct text_pos start
;
7512 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
7514 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
7515 matrix for the display. */
7516 window_height_changed_p
= resize_mini_window (w
, 0);
7519 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
7520 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
7521 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
7522 try_window (window
, start
);
7524 return window_height_changed_p
;
7528 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
7529 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
7530 is active, don't shrink it. */
7533 resize_echo_area_exactly ()
7535 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0])
7536 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window
))
7538 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (echo_area_window
);
7540 Lisp_Object resize_exactly
;
7542 if (minibuf_level
== 0)
7543 resize_exactly
= Qt
;
7545 resize_exactly
= Qnil
;
7547 resized_p
= with_echo_area_buffer (w
, 0, resize_mini_window_1
,
7548 (EMACS_INT
) w
, resize_exactly
, 0, 0);
7551 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7552 ++update_mode_lines
;
7553 redisplay_internal (0);
7559 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
7560 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
7561 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
7562 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
7563 resize_mini_window returns. */
7566 resize_mini_window_1 (a1
, exactly
, a3
, a4
)
7568 Lisp_Object exactly
;
7571 return resize_mini_window ((struct window
*) a1
, !NILP (exactly
));
7575 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
7576 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
7577 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
7578 the window height has been changed. */
7581 resize_mini_window (w
, exact_p
)
7585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7586 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
7588 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
));
7590 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
7591 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
7592 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
7593 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
7594 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
7595 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
7596 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
7599 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
7600 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows
)
7601 || (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
) == NULL
))
7604 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
7607 struct window
*root
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
7608 int total_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (root
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
7609 int height
, max_height
;
7610 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7611 struct text_pos start
;
7612 struct buffer
*old_current_buffer
= NULL
;
7614 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
7616 old_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
7617 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
7620 init_iterator (&it
, w
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
7622 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
7623 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
7624 max_height
= XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
7625 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
7626 max_height
= XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
);
7628 max_height
= total_height
/ 4;
7630 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
7631 max_height
= max (1, max_height
);
7632 max_height
= min (total_height
, max_height
);
7634 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
7635 if (it
.truncate_lines_p
)
7640 move_it_to (&it
, ZV
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7641 if (it
.max_ascent
== 0 && it
.max_descent
== 0)
7642 height
= it
.current_y
+ last_height
;
7644 height
= it
.current_y
+ it
.max_ascent
+ it
.max_descent
;
7645 height
-= min (it
.extra_line_spacing
, it
.max_extra_line_spacing
);
7646 height
= (height
+ unit
- 1) / unit
;
7649 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
7650 if (height
> max_height
)
7652 height
= max_height
;
7653 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
7654 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, (height
- 1) * unit
);
7655 start
= it
.current
.pos
;
7658 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
7659 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, start
);
7661 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows
, Qgrow_only
))
7663 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
7664 case the window shrinks again. */
7665 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
7667 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
7668 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
7669 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
7670 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
7672 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)
7673 && (exact_p
|| BEGV
== ZV
))
7675 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
7676 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
7677 shrink_mini_window (w
);
7678 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
7683 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
7684 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
7686 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
7687 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
7688 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
7689 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
7691 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
7693 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
7694 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
7695 shrink_mini_window (w
);
7699 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
7700 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
7703 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
7707 if (old_current_buffer
)
7708 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer
);
7711 return window_height_changed_p
;
7715 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
7723 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
7727 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1
,
7728 (EMACS_INT
) &msg
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
7730 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
7738 current_message_1 (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
7743 Lisp_Object
*msg
= (Lisp_Object
*) a1
;
7746 *msg
= make_buffer_string (BEG
, Z
, 1);
7753 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
7754 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
7755 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
7756 worth optimizing. */
7762 msg
= current_message ();
7763 Vmessage_stack
= Fcons (msg
, Vmessage_stack
);
7764 return STRINGP (msg
);
7768 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
7775 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
7776 msg
= XCAR (Vmessage_stack
);
7778 message3_nolog (msg
, SBYTES (msg
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
7780 message3_nolog (msg
, 0, 0);
7784 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
7787 pop_message_unwind (dummy
)
7794 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
7799 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
7800 Vmessage_stack
= XCDR (Vmessage_stack
);
7804 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
7805 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
7809 check_message_stack ()
7811 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack
))
7816 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
7817 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
7820 truncate_echo_area (nchars
)
7824 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
7825 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
7826 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
7827 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
7828 else if (!noninteractive
7830 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
7832 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7833 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
7834 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1
, nchars
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
7839 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
7840 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
7843 truncate_message_1 (nchars
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
7848 if (BEG
+ nchars
< Z
)
7849 del_range (BEG
+ nchars
, Z
);
7851 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
7856 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
7858 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
7859 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
7860 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
7862 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
7863 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
7864 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
7867 set_message (s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
7870 int nbytes
, multibyte_p
;
7872 message_enable_multibyte
7873 = ((s
&& multibyte_p
)
7874 || (STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
)));
7876 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1
,
7877 (EMACS_INT
) s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
);
7878 message_buf_print
= 0;
7879 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
7883 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
7884 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
7885 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
7889 set_message_1 (a1
, a2
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
7892 EMACS_INT nbytes
, multibyte_p
;
7894 const char *s
= (const char *) a1
;
7895 Lisp_Object string
= a2
;
7899 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
7900 if (message_enable_multibyte
7901 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
7902 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte
? Qt
: Qnil
);
7904 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= message_truncate_lines
? Qt
: Qnil
;
7906 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
7907 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
7909 if (STRINGP (string
))
7914 nbytes
= SBYTES (string
);
7915 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (string
, nbytes
);
7917 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
7918 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
7919 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
7920 insert_from_string (string
, 0, 0, nchars
, nbytes
, 1);
7925 nbytes
= strlen (s
);
7927 if (multibyte_p
&& NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
7929 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
7931 unsigned char work
[1];
7933 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
7934 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= n
)
7936 c
= string_char_and_length (s
+ i
, nbytes
- i
, &n
);
7937 work
[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
7939 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
7940 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
7943 else if (!multibyte_p
7944 && !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
7946 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
7948 const unsigned char *msg
= (const unsigned char *) s
;
7949 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
7951 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
7952 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
7954 c
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg
[i
]);
7955 n
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
7956 insert_1_both (str
, 1, n
, 1, 0, 0);
7960 insert_1 (s
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
7967 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
7968 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
7972 clear_message (current_p
, last_displayed_p
)
7973 int current_p
, last_displayed_p
;
7977 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
7978 message_cleared_p
= 1;
7981 if (last_displayed_p
)
7982 echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
7984 message_buf_print
= 0;
7987 /* Clear garbaged frames.
7989 This function is used where the old redisplay called
7990 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
7991 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
7992 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
7993 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
7994 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
7997 clear_garbaged_frames ()
8001 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8002 int changed_count
= 0;
8004 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8006 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8008 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
8012 Fredraw_frame (frame
);
8013 f
->force_flush_display_p
= 1;
8015 clear_current_matrices (f
);
8024 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8029 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
8030 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
8031 mini-windows height has been changed. */
8034 echo_area_display (update_frame_p
)
8037 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8040 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
8041 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8043 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8044 w
= XWINDOW (mini_window
);
8045 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8047 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
8048 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
8051 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
8053 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8054 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
8055 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
8056 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
8057 if (EQ (selected_frame
, Vterminal_frame
)
8058 && !NILP (Vwindow_system
))
8060 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8063 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
8065 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8067 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) || minibuf_level
== 0)
8069 echo_area_window
= mini_window
;
8070 window_height_changed_p
= display_echo_area (w
);
8071 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
8073 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
8074 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
8075 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
8076 here could cause confusion. */
8077 if (update_frame_p
&& !redisplaying_p
)
8081 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
8082 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
8083 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
8084 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
8085 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
8086 if (!display_completed
)
8087 n
= redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), 0);
8089 if (window_height_changed_p
8090 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
8091 needs to run hooks. */
8092 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
))
8094 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
8095 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
8097 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8098 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause
, Qt
);
8099 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
8100 redisplay_internal (0);
8101 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8103 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) && n
== 0)
8105 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
8106 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
8107 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
8108 update_single_window (w
, 1);
8109 rif
->flush_display (f
);
8112 update_frame (f
, 1, 1);
8114 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
8115 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
8116 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
8117 if (cursor_in_echo_area
)
8118 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8121 else if (!EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
8122 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
8124 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
8125 echo_area_buffer
[1] = echo_area_buffer
[0];
8126 /* Inform read_char that we're not echoing. */
8127 echo_message_buffer
= Qnil
;
8129 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
8130 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
8131 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
8132 if (EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
8133 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
8135 return window_height_changed_p
;
8140 /***********************************************************************
8142 ***********************************************************************/
8145 /* The frame title buffering code is also used by Fformat_mode_line.
8146 So it is not conditioned by HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM. */
8148 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
8149 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
8151 static char *frame_title_buf
;
8153 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
8155 static char *frame_title_buf_end
;
8156 static char *frame_title_ptr
;
8159 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
8160 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
8164 store_frame_title_char (char c
)
8166 store_frame_title_char (c
)
8170 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
8171 double the buffer's size. */
8172 if (frame_title_ptr
== frame_title_buf_end
)
8174 int len
= frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
;
8175 int new_size
= 2 * len
* sizeof *frame_title_buf
;
8176 frame_title_buf
= (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf
, new_size
);
8177 frame_title_buf_end
= frame_title_buf
+ new_size
;
8178 frame_title_ptr
= frame_title_buf
+ len
;
8181 *frame_title_ptr
++ = c
;
8185 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
8186 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
8187 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
8188 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
8189 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
8190 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
8194 store_frame_title (str
, field_width
, precision
)
8195 const unsigned char *str
;
8196 int field_width
, precision
;
8201 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
8202 nbytes
= strlen (str
);
8203 n
+= c_string_width (str
, nbytes
, precision
, &dummy
, &nbytes
);
8205 store_frame_title_char (*str
++);
8207 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
8208 while (field_width
> 0
8211 store_frame_title_char (' ');
8218 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8220 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
8221 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
8222 frame_title_format. */
8225 x_consider_frame_title (frame
)
8228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8230 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8231 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
)
8232 || f
->explicit_name
)
8234 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
8237 struct buffer
*obuf
;
8241 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
8243 Lisp_Object other_frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8244 struct frame
*tf
= XFRAME (other_frame
);
8247 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf
) == FRAME_KBOARD (f
)
8248 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf
)
8249 && !EQ (other_frame
, tip_frame
)
8250 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf
)))
8254 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
8255 multiple_frames
= CONSP (tail
);
8257 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
8258 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
8259 then display the title. */
8260 obuf
= current_buffer
;
8261 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
));
8262 fmt
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) ? Vicon_title_format
: Vframe_title_format
;
8263 frame_title_ptr
= frame_title_buf
;
8264 init_iterator (&it
, XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
), -1, -1,
8265 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8266 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, -1, -1, fmt
, Qnil
, 0);
8267 len
= frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
;
8268 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
8269 set_buffer_internal_1 (obuf
);
8271 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
8272 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
8273 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
8274 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
8275 higher level than this.) */
8276 if (! STRINGP (f
->name
)
8277 || SBYTES (f
->name
) != len
8278 || bcmp (frame_title_buf
, SDATA (f
->name
), len
) != 0)
8279 x_implicitly_set_name (f
, make_string (frame_title_buf
, len
), Qnil
);
8283 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8288 /***********************************************************************
8290 ***********************************************************************/
8293 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
8294 appropriate. This can call eval. */
8297 prepare_menu_bars ()
8300 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
8302 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame
;
8304 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8305 tooltip_frame
= tip_frame
;
8307 tooltip_frame
= Qnil
;
8310 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
8311 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
8312 up-to-date frame titles. */
8313 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8314 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| update_mode_lines
)
8316 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8318 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8321 if (!EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
)
8322 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)))
8323 x_consider_frame_title (frame
);
8326 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8328 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
8329 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
8330 all_windows
= (update_mode_lines
8331 || buffer_shared
> 1
8332 || windows_or_buffers_changed
);
8335 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8336 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8338 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
8340 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8344 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
8345 if (EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
))
8348 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
8349 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
8350 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
))
8352 Lisp_Object functions
;
8354 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
8355 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
) = 0;
8356 functions
= Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
8357 GCPRO2 (tail
, functions
);
8359 while (CONSP (functions
))
8361 call1 (XCAR (functions
), frame
);
8362 functions
= XCDR (functions
);
8368 update_menu_bar (f
, 0);
8369 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8370 update_tool_bar (f
, 0);
8375 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8379 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8380 update_menu_bar (sf
, 1);
8381 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8382 update_tool_bar (sf
, 1);
8386 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
8387 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
8388 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8389 pending_menu_activation
= 0;
8394 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
8395 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
8398 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
8401 update_menu_bar (f
, save_match_data
)
8403 int save_match_data
;
8406 register struct window
*w
;
8408 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
8409 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
8411 if (inhibit_menubar_update
)
8414 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
8415 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8417 #if 0 /* The if statement below this if statement used to include the
8418 condition !NILP (w->update_mode_line), rather than using
8419 update_mode_lines directly, and this if statement may have
8420 been added to make that condition work. Now the if
8421 statement below matches its comment, this isn't needed. */
8422 if (update_mode_lines
)
8423 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8426 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8428 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
8429 || defined (USE_GTK)
8430 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
)
8432 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
8434 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0)
8436 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
8437 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
8438 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
8439 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
8440 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
8441 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
8442 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
8443 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
8444 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
8445 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
8446 || update_mode_lines
8447 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
8448 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
8449 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
8450 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
8451 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
8452 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
8454 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
8455 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8457 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update
, Qt
);
8459 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8460 if (save_match_data
)
8461 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
8462 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
8464 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
8465 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
8468 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
8469 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook
);
8471 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
8472 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
8473 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag
))
8474 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar
);
8476 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
8477 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
));
8479 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
8480 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
8481 || defined (USE_GTK)
8482 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8483 #if defined (MAC_OS)
8484 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
8485 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
8486 && f
== SELECTED_FRAME ()
8489 set_frame_menubar (f
, 0, 0);
8491 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
8492 line, and this makes it get updated. */
8493 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8494 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || MAC_OS || USE_GTK) */
8495 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
8496 line, and this makes it get updated. */
8497 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8498 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || MAC_OS || USE_GTK) */
8500 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8501 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
8508 /***********************************************************************
8510 ***********************************************************************/
8512 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8515 Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
8516 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
8517 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
8519 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
8523 Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
8524 positions are relative to updated_window. */
8527 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
8528 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
8530 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
8531 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
8532 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
8533 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
8538 Set a nominal cursor position.
8540 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
8541 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
8543 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
8544 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
8545 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
8546 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
8549 x_cursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
8550 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
8554 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
8558 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
8560 /* Set the output cursor. */
8561 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
8562 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
8563 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
8564 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
8566 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
8567 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
8568 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
8571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
8572 if (rif
->flush_display_optional
)
8573 rif
->flush_display_optional (SELECTED_FRAME ());
8578 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8581 /***********************************************************************
8583 ***********************************************************************/
8585 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8587 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
8589 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
8591 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
8594 int last_tool_bar_item
;
8597 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
8598 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
8599 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
8600 and restore it here. */
8603 update_tool_bar (f
, save_match_data
)
8605 int save_match_data
;
8608 int do_update
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
8610 int do_update
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8611 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)) > 0;
8619 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
8620 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8622 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
8623 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
8624 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
8625 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
8626 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
8627 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
8628 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
8629 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
8630 || !NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
8631 || update_mode_lines
8632 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
8633 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
8634 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
8635 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
8636 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
8637 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
8639 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
8640 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8641 Lisp_Object new_tool_bar
;
8643 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
8645 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
8646 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
8648 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8650 /* Save match data, if we must. */
8651 if (save_match_data
)
8652 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
8654 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
8655 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
8657 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
8658 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
8661 GCPRO1 (new_tool_bar
);
8663 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
8664 new_tool_bar
= tool_bar_items (Fcopy_sequence (f
->tool_bar_items
),
8667 /* Redisplay the tool-bar if we changed it. */
8668 if (NILP (Fequal (new_tool_bar
, f
->tool_bar_items
)))
8670 /* Redisplay that happens asynchronously due to an expose event
8671 may access f->tool_bar_items. Make sure we update both
8672 variables within BLOCK_INPUT so no such event interrupts. */
8674 f
->tool_bar_items
= new_tool_bar
;
8675 f
->n_tool_bar_items
= new_n_tool_bar
;
8676 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8682 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8683 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
8689 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
8690 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
8691 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
8694 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
)
8697 int i
, size
, size_needed
;
8698 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
8699 Lisp_Object image
, plist
, props
;
8701 image
= plist
= props
= Qnil
;
8702 GCPRO3 (image
, plist
, props
);
8704 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
8705 Otherwise, make a new string. */
8707 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
8708 size
= (STRINGP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
8709 ? SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
8712 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
8713 size_needed
= f
->n_tool_bar_items
;
8715 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
8716 if (size
< size_needed
|| NILP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
))
8717 f
->desired_tool_bar_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed
),
8721 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, Qnil
, Qmenu_item
, Qnil
);
8722 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size
),
8723 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
8726 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
8727 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
8728 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
8729 for (i
= 0; i
< f
->n_tool_bar_items
; ++i
)
8731 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
8733 int enabled_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
));
8734 int selected_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P
));
8735 int hmargin
, vmargin
, relief
, idx
, end
;
8736 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief
, QCmargin
, QCconversion
;
8738 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
8740 image
= PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES
);
8741 if (VECTORP (image
))
8745 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
8746 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED
);
8749 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
8750 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED
);
8752 xassert (ASIZE (image
) >= idx
);
8753 image
= AREF (image
, idx
);
8758 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
8759 if (!valid_image_p (image
))
8762 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
8763 plist
= Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image
));
8765 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
8766 relief
= (tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0
8767 ? tool_bar_button_relief
8768 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
);
8769 hmargin
= vmargin
= relief
;
8771 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
8772 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) > 0)
8774 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
8775 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
8777 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
8779 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
8780 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
8781 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
8783 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
8784 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
8785 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
8788 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
)
8790 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
8794 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
, make_number (-relief
));
8801 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
8802 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
8804 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
,
8806 ? make_number (-relief
)
8807 : make_number (relief
)));
8812 /* Put a margin around the image. */
8813 if (hmargin
|| vmargin
)
8815 if (hmargin
== vmargin
)
8816 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
, make_number (hmargin
));
8818 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
,
8819 Fcons (make_number (hmargin
),
8820 make_number (vmargin
)));
8823 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
8824 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
8825 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
8826 if (!enabled_p
&& idx
< 0)
8827 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCconversion
, Qdisabled
);
8829 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
8830 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
8831 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
8833 image
= Fcons (Qimage
, plist
);
8834 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, image
,
8835 Qmenu_item
, make_number (i
* TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS
));
8837 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
8838 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
8840 if (i
+ 1 == f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
8841 end
= SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
8844 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i
), make_number (end
),
8845 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
8853 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
8856 display_tool_bar_line (it
)
8859 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
8860 int max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
8863 prepare_desired_row (row
);
8864 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
8866 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
8867 so there's no need to check the face here. */
8868 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
8870 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
8872 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
8874 /* Get the next display element. */
8875 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
8878 /* Produce glyphs. */
8879 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
8880 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
8881 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
8883 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
8888 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
8890 if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
8892 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
8893 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
8899 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
8903 /* Stop at line ends. */
8904 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
8907 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
8912 row
->displays_text_p
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] != 0;
8913 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
8914 last
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
8915 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
8916 if (last
== row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
])
8917 last
->left_box_line_p
= 1;
8918 compute_line_metrics (it
);
8920 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
8921 if (!row
->displays_text_p
)
8923 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= it
->last_visible_y
- row
->y
;
8924 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
8925 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
8928 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
8929 row
->continued_p
= 0;
8930 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
8931 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
8933 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
8934 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
8940 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
8941 items of frame F visible. */
8944 tool_bar_lines_needed (f
)
8947 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
8950 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
8951 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
8952 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
8953 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
8954 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8955 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
8957 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it
))
8959 it
.glyph_row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
8960 clear_glyph_row (it
.glyph_row
);
8961 display_tool_bar_line (&it
);
8964 return (it
.current_y
+ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1) / FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
8968 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed
, Stool_bar_lines_needed
,
8970 doc
: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
8979 frame
= selected_frame
;
8981 CHECK_FRAME (frame
);
8984 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8985 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
8986 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > 0))
8988 update_tool_bar (f
, 1);
8989 if (f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
8991 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
8992 nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
);
8996 return make_number (nlines
);
9000 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
9001 height should be changed. */
9004 redisplay_tool_bar (f
)
9009 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9010 int change_height_p
= 0;
9013 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
9014 update_frame_tool_bar (f
);
9018 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
9019 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
9020 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
9021 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
9022 if (!WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
9023 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
9024 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) == 0))
9027 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
9028 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
9029 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
9030 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9033 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
9034 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
9035 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
9037 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
9038 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
9039 display_tool_bar_line (&it
);
9041 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
9042 window, so don't do it. */
9043 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
9044 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
9046 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p
)
9050 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
9052 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it
) < it
.end_charpos
)
9053 change_height_p
= 1;
9055 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
9056 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
9057 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT, change the tool-bar's height. */
9058 row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
9059 if (!row
->displays_text_p
9060 && row
->height
>= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
9061 change_height_p
= 1;
9063 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
9064 change the tool-bar's height. */
9065 if (row
->displays_text_p
9066 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > it
.last_visible_y
)
9067 change_height_p
= 1;
9069 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
9072 && (nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
),
9073 nlines
!= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)))
9075 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines
;
9077 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9079 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9080 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
9081 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
9082 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
9083 make_number (nlines
)),
9085 if (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
)
9086 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
9090 return change_height_p
;
9094 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
9095 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
9096 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
9097 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
9100 tool_bar_item_info (f
, glyph
, prop_idx
)
9102 struct glyph
*glyph
;
9109 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
9110 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
9112 charpos
= min (SCHARS (f
->current_tool_bar_string
), glyph
->charpos
);
9113 charpos
= max (0, charpos
);
9115 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
9116 property is the start index of this item's properties in
9117 F->tool_bar_items. */
9118 prop
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
9119 Qmenu_item
, f
->current_tool_bar_string
);
9120 if (INTEGERP (prop
))
9122 *prop_idx
= XINT (prop
);
9132 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
9133 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
9134 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
9135 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
9136 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
9138 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
9139 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
9143 get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
9146 struct glyph
**glyph
;
9147 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
9149 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9150 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
9153 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
9154 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, 0, 0, &area
);
9158 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
9159 f->tool_bar_items. */
9160 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
9163 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
9164 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
9165 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9166 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9167 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9168 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
9169 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9170 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
9171 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
9179 Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
9180 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. DOWN_P is 1 for a button press,
9181 0 for button release. MODIFIERS is event modifiers for button
9185 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, down_p
, modifiers
)
9188 unsigned int modifiers
;
9190 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9191 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
9192 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
9193 struct glyph
*glyph
;
9194 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
9196 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
9197 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
9198 if (get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
9201 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
9202 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
9203 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
9208 /* Show item in pressed state. */
9209 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
9210 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
9211 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
9215 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
9216 struct input_event event
;
9219 /* Show item in released state. */
9220 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
9221 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
9223 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
9225 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9226 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
9227 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
9229 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
9231 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
9232 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
9234 event
.modifiers
= modifiers
;
9235 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
9236 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
9241 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
9242 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
9243 note_mouse_highlight. */
9246 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
9250 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
9251 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
9252 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9254 struct glyph
*glyph
;
9255 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9257 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
9259 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
9260 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
9262 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
9263 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
9264 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
9266 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9270 rc
= get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
9273 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
9274 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9278 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
9281 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9283 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
9284 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
9285 && f
== last_mouse_frame
9286 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
9288 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
9291 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
9292 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
9294 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
9295 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
9296 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
9298 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
9299 image is a space. We include this in the highlighted area. */
9300 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
9301 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
9302 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
9304 /* Record this as the current active region. */
9305 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
9306 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
9307 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
9308 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
9309 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
9311 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
9312 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
9313 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
9314 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
9315 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
9316 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
9318 /* Display it as active. */
9319 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
9320 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
9325 /* Set help_echo_string to a help string to display for this tool-bar item.
9326 XTread_socket does the rest. */
9327 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
9329 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
9330 if (NILP (help_echo_string
))
9331 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
9334 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9338 /************************************************************************
9339 Horizontal scrolling
9340 ************************************************************************/
9342 static int hscroll_window_tree
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
9343 static int hscroll_windows
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
9345 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
9346 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
9347 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
9348 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
9352 hscroll_window_tree (window
)
9355 int hscrolled_p
= 0;
9356 int hscroll_relative_p
= FLOATP (Vhscroll_step
);
9357 int hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
9358 double hscroll_step_rel
= 0;
9360 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
9362 hscroll_step_rel
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step
);
9363 if (hscroll_step_rel
< 0)
9365 hscroll_relative_p
= 0;
9366 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
9369 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step
))
9371 hscroll_step_abs
= XINT (Vhscroll_step
);
9372 if (hscroll_step_abs
< 0)
9373 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
9376 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
9378 while (WINDOWP (window
))
9380 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
9382 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
9383 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->hchild
);
9384 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
9385 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->vchild
);
9386 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
9389 int text_area_width
;
9390 struct glyph_row
*current_cursor_row
9391 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
9392 struct glyph_row
*desired_cursor_row
9393 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
9394 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
9395 = (desired_cursor_row
->enabled_p
9396 ? desired_cursor_row
9397 : current_cursor_row
);
9399 text_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
9401 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
9402 h_margin
= hscroll_margin
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
9404 if ((XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
)
9405 && w
->cursor
.x
<= h_margin
)
9406 || (cursor_row
->enabled_p
9407 && cursor_row
->truncated_on_right_p
9408 && (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
)))
9412 struct buffer
*saved_current_buffer
;
9416 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
9417 saved_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
9418 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
9420 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
9421 pt
= BUF_PT (current_buffer
);
9424 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
9425 pt
= max (BEGV
, pt
);
9429 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
9430 a line with infinite width. */
9431 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, cursor_row
);
9432 it
.last_visible_x
= INFINITY
;
9433 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it
, pt
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
9434 current_buffer
= saved_current_buffer
;
9436 /* Position cursor in window. */
9437 if (!hscroll_relative_p
&& hscroll_step_abs
== 0)
9438 hscroll
= max (0, (it
.current_x
9439 - (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it
)
9440 ? (text_area_width
- 4 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
))
9441 : (text_area_width
/ 2))))
9442 / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
9443 else if (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
)
9445 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
9446 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* (1 - hscroll_step_rel
)
9449 wanted_x
= text_area_width
9450 - hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
9453 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
9457 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
9458 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* hscroll_step_rel
9461 wanted_x
= hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
9464 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
9466 hscroll
= max (hscroll
, XFASTINT (w
->min_hscroll
));
9468 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
9469 changed because it will prevent redisplay
9471 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != hscroll
)
9473 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 1;
9474 w
->hscroll
= make_number (hscroll
);
9483 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
9488 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
9489 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
9490 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
9491 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
9492 of WINDOW are cleared. */
9495 hscroll_windows (window
)
9500 if (automatic_hscrolling_p
)
9502 hscrolled_p
= hscroll_window_tree (window
);
9504 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window
))));
9513 /************************************************************************
9515 ************************************************************************/
9517 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
9518 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
9523 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
9525 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
9526 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
;
9528 /* Delta vpos and y. */
9530 int debug_dvpos
, debug_dy
;
9532 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
9534 int debug_delta
, debug_delta_bytes
;
9536 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
9539 EMACS_INT debug_end_pos
, debug_end_vpos
;
9541 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
9542 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
9543 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
9544 resulting string to stderr. */
9547 debug_method_add (w
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
)
9550 int a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
;
9553 char *method
= w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
9554 int len
= strlen (method
);
9555 int size
= sizeof w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
9556 int remaining
= size
- len
- 1;
9558 sprintf (buffer
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
);
9559 if (len
&& remaining
)
9565 strncpy (method
+ len
, buffer
, remaining
);
9567 if (trace_redisplay_p
)
9568 fprintf (stderr
, "%p (%s): %s\n",
9570 ((BUFFERP (w
->buffer
)
9571 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
))
9572 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
)
9577 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9580 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
9581 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
9582 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
9583 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
9586 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, start
, end
)
9590 int unchanged_p
= 1;
9592 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
9593 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
9594 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
9596 /* Gap in the line? */
9597 if (GPT
< start
|| Z
- GPT
< end
)
9600 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
9602 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
- 1
9603 || END_UNCHANGED
< end
))
9606 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
9607 beginning of the line. */
9609 && INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
9610 && XINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
) > 0
9611 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
|| GPT
<= start
))
9614 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
9615 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
9616 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
9617 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
9618 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
9619 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
9620 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
9623 if (BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
== start
9624 && overlay_touches_p (start
))
9626 if (END_UNCHANGED
== end
9627 && overlay_touches_p (Z
- end
))
9636 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
9637 the main external entry point for redisplay.
9639 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
9640 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
9641 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
9646 redisplay_internal (0);
9651 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
, pbitmap
)
9655 Lisp_Object pstr
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_string
);
9661 if (bitmap
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
), INTEGERP (bitmap
))
9662 *pbitmap
= XINT (bitmap
);
9667 return Voverlay_arrow_string
;
9670 /* Return 1 if there are any overlay-arrows in current_buffer. */
9672 overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p ()
9676 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
9678 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
9680 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
9685 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
9687 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
)
9694 /* Return 1 if any overlay_arrows have moved or overlay-arrow-string
9698 overlay_arrows_changed_p ()
9702 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
9704 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
9706 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
9707 Lisp_Object val
, pstr
;
9711 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
9714 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (val
),
9715 Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
))
9716 || ! (pstr
= overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
, 0),
9717 EQ (pstr
, Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
))))
9723 /* Mark overlay arrows to be updated on next redisplay. */
9726 update_overlay_arrows (up_to_date
)
9731 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
9733 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
9735 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
9742 Lisp_Object val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
9743 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
,
9744 COERCE_MARKER (val
));
9745 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
,
9746 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
, 0));
9748 else if (up_to_date
< 0
9749 || !NILP (Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
)))
9751 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
, Qt
);
9752 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
, Qt
);
9758 /* Return overlay arrow string to display at row.
9759 Return t if display as bitmap in left fringe.
9760 Return nil if no overlay arrow. */
9763 overlay_arrow_at_row (it
, row
, pbitmap
)
9765 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9770 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
9772 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
9774 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
9780 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
9783 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
9784 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == marker_position (val
)))
9786 val
= overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
, pbitmap
);
9787 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
9788 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
) > 0)
9800 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
9801 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
9802 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
9805 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf
, prev_pt
, buf
, pt
)
9806 struct buffer
*prev_buf
, *buf
;
9813 XSETBUFFER (buffer
, buf
);
9814 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
9816 if (prev_buf
== buf
)
9819 /* Point didn't move. */
9822 if (prev_pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && prev_pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
9823 && find_composition (prev_pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
9824 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
9825 && start
< prev_pt
&& end
> prev_pt
)
9826 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
9827 point moved out of the composition. */
9828 return (pt
<= start
|| pt
>= end
);
9831 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
9832 return (pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
9833 && find_composition (pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
9834 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
9835 && start
< pt
&& end
> pt
);
9839 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
9843 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, b
)
9848 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
9849 && w
->current_matrix
->buffer
== b
9850 && w
->current_matrix
->zv
== BUF_ZV (b
)
9851 && w
->current_matrix
->begv
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
9852 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
9854 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
9855 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
9856 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
9857 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
9859 if (!b
->clip_changed
9860 && BUFFERP (w
->buffer
) && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
9864 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
9865 pt
= BUF_PT (current_buffer
);
9867 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
9869 if ((w
->current_matrix
->buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
9870 || pt
!= XINT (w
->last_point
))
9871 && check_point_in_composition (w
->current_matrix
->buffer
,
9872 XINT (w
->last_point
),
9873 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), pt
))
9874 b
->clip_changed
= 1;
9879 /* Select FRAME to forward the values of frame-local variables into C
9880 variables so that the redisplay routines can access those values
9884 select_frame_for_redisplay (frame
)
9887 Lisp_Object tail
, sym
, val
;
9888 Lisp_Object old
= selected_frame
;
9890 selected_frame
= frame
;
9892 for (tail
= XFRAME (frame
)->param_alist
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9893 if (CONSP (XCAR (tail
))
9894 && (sym
= XCAR (XCAR (tail
)),
9896 && (sym
= indirect_variable (sym
),
9897 val
= SYMBOL_VALUE (sym
),
9898 (BUFFER_LOCAL_VALUEP (val
)
9899 || SOME_BUFFER_LOCAL_VALUEP (val
)))
9900 && XBUFFER_LOCAL_VALUE (val
)->check_frame
)
9901 Fsymbol_value (sym
);
9903 for (tail
= XFRAME (old
)->param_alist
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9904 if (CONSP (XCAR (tail
))
9905 && (sym
= XCAR (XCAR (tail
)),
9907 && (sym
= indirect_variable (sym
),
9908 val
= SYMBOL_VALUE (sym
),
9909 (BUFFER_LOCAL_VALUEP (val
)
9910 || SOME_BUFFER_LOCAL_VALUEP (val
)))
9911 && XBUFFER_LOCAL_VALUE (val
)->check_frame
)
9912 Fsymbol_value (sym
);
9916 #define STOP_POLLING \
9917 do { if (! polling_stopped_here) stop_polling (); \
9918 polling_stopped_here = 1; } while (0)
9920 #define RESUME_POLLING \
9921 do { if (polling_stopped_here) start_polling (); \
9922 polling_stopped_here = 0; } while (0)
9925 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
9926 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
9927 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
9928 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
9929 causes some problems. */
9932 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area
)
9933 int preserve_echo_area
;
9935 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
9936 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9938 int must_finish
= 0;
9939 struct text_pos tlbufpos
, tlendpos
;
9940 int number_of_visible_frames
;
9942 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9943 int polling_stopped_here
= 0;
9945 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
9946 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
9947 int consider_all_windows_p
;
9949 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p
));
9951 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
9952 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
9953 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
9955 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
)
9956 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
9959 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
9960 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
9961 update necessary. */
9962 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p
)
9964 redisplay_performed_directly_p
= 0;
9965 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
9969 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
9970 if (popup_activated ())
9974 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
9978 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
9979 when we leave this function. */
9980 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9981 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay
,
9982 Fcons (make_number (redisplaying_p
), selected_frame
));
9984 specbind (Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
, Qnil
);
9988 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, current_buffer
);
9990 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
9991 necessary, do it. */
9992 if (fonts_changed_p
)
9994 adjust_glyphs (NULL
);
9995 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9996 fonts_changed_p
= 0;
9999 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
10000 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
10001 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
10002 if (face_change_count
)
10003 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
10005 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf
)
10006 && previous_terminal_frame
!= sf
)
10008 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
10009 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
10011 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
10012 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf
);
10013 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame
, sf
);
10015 previous_terminal_frame
= sf
;
10017 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
10018 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
10019 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
10020 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
10022 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
10024 number_of_visible_frames
= 0;
10026 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10028 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10030 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
10031 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10032 ++number_of_visible_frames
;
10033 clear_desired_matrices (f
);
10037 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
10038 do_pending_window_change (1);
10040 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
10041 if (frame_garbaged
)
10042 clear_garbaged_frames ();
10044 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
10045 prepare_menu_bars ();
10047 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
10048 update_mode_lines
++;
10050 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
10051 if ((SAVE_MODIFF
< MODIFF
) != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
10053 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10054 if (buffer_shared
> 1)
10055 update_mode_lines
++;
10058 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
10059 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
10060 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
10061 where no change is needed. */
10062 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
10063 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
10064 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
10065 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
10066 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
10067 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10069 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) = -1;
10071 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
10072 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
10074 consider_all_windows_p
= (update_mode_lines
|| buffer_shared
> 1
10075 || cursor_type_changed
);
10077 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
10078 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
10079 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
10080 consider_all_windows_p
= windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
10082 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
10083 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
10084 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
10085 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
10086 the echo area should be cleared. */
10087 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p
)
10088 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p
)
10089 || (message_cleared_p
10090 && minibuf_level
== 0
10091 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
10092 echo-area doesn't show through. */
10093 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))))
10095 int window_height_changed_p
= echo_area_display (0);
10098 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
10099 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
10100 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
10102 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p
)
10103 message_cleared_p
= 0;
10105 if (fonts_changed_p
)
10107 else if (window_height_changed_p
)
10109 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
10110 ++update_mode_lines
;
10111 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
10113 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
10114 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
10115 surprises wrt scrolling. */
10116 if (frame_garbaged
)
10117 clear_garbaged_frames ();
10120 else if (EQ (selected_window
, minibuf_window
)
10121 && (current_buffer
->clip_changed
10122 || XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
10123 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
10124 && resize_mini_window (w
, 0))
10126 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
10127 showing if its contents might have changed. */
10129 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
10130 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
10131 ++update_mode_lines
;
10133 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
10134 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
10135 surprises wrt scrolling. */
10136 if (frame_garbaged
)
10137 clear_garbaged_frames ();
10141 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
10142 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
10143 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
10144 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
10145 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
10146 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
))
10147 || (!NILP (w
->region_showing
)
10148 && !EQ (w
->region_showing
,
10149 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark
))))
10150 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
10152 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
10153 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
10154 set in display_line and record information about the line
10155 containing the cursor. */
10156 tlbufpos
= this_line_start_pos
;
10157 tlendpos
= this_line_end_pos
;
10158 if (!consider_all_windows_p
10159 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > 0
10160 && NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
10161 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
10162 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
10163 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
10164 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
10165 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
10166 && this_line_buffer
== current_buffer
10167 && current_buffer
== XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
10168 && NILP (w
->force_start
)
10169 && NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
10170 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
10171 && PT
>= CHARPOS (tlbufpos
)
10172 && PT
<= Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
10173 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
10174 must be unchanged */
10175 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
),
10176 CHARPOS (tlendpos
)))
10178 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > BEGV
10179 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
) - 1) != '\n'
10180 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) == ZV
10181 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
)) == '\n'))
10182 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
10184 else if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
10185 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
10186 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
10188 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
10189 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
10192 For instance, in the following case:
10194 -------- Insert --------
10195 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
10196 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
10200 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
10203 int line_height_before
= this_line_pixel_height
;
10205 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
10206 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
10207 start_display (&it
, w
, tlbufpos
);
10209 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
10210 if (it
.current_x
!= this_line_start_x
)
10213 TRACE ((stderr
, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
10214 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
10215 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
10216 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
10217 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
10218 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
);
10219 display_line (&it
);
10221 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
10222 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
10223 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
10224 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
10225 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
10226 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
10227 /* Line ends as before. */
10228 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
) == CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
10229 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
10230 would have to be shifted up or down. */
10231 && this_line_pixel_height
== line_height_before
)
10233 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
10234 the charstarts of the lines below. */
10235 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10237 struct glyph_row
*row
10238 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
+ 1);
10239 int delta
, delta_bytes
;
10241 if (Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
) == ZV
)
10243 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
10244 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
10246 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
10247 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
10248 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
10249 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
10250 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
10254 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
10255 account of the newline and the rest of the
10256 text that follows. */
10258 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
10259 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
10260 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
10261 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
10262 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
10265 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
10266 this_line_vpos
+ 1,
10267 w
->current_matrix
->nrows
,
10268 delta
, delta_bytes
);
10271 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
10272 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
10274 if ((it
.glyph_row
- 1)->displays_text_p
)
10276 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < this_line_vpos
)
10277 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
);
10279 else if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) == this_line_vpos
10280 && this_line_vpos
> 0)
10281 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
- 1);
10282 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
10284 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
10285 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
10288 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
10289 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 1");
10291 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10292 update_window_fringes (w
, 0);
10299 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
10300 PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
10301 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
10302 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
10303 && 0 <= w
->cursor
.vpos
10304 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > w
->cursor
.vpos
)
10308 do_pending_window_change (1);
10310 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
10311 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
10312 if (w
->cursor_off_p
== w
->last_cursor_off_p
)
10313 goto end_of_redisplay
;
10317 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
10318 then we can't just move the cursor. */
10319 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
10320 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
10321 && (EQ (selected_window
, current_buffer
->last_selected_window
)
10322 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
10323 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
10324 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
10325 && !cursor_in_echo_area
)
10328 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10330 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
10331 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
10332 next visible position. */
10333 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
),
10334 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
10335 it
.current_x
= this_line_start_x
;
10336 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
10337 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
10339 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
10340 moves over before-strings. */
10341 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
10343 if (it
.vpos
== this_line_vpos
10344 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
),
10347 xassert (this_line_vpos
== it
.vpos
);
10348 xassert (this_line_y
== it
.current_y
);
10349 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10351 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
10352 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 3");
10361 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
10362 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
, 0);
10365 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
10366 consider_all_windows_p
|= buffer_shared
> 1;
10367 ++clear_face_cache_count
;
10370 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
10371 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
10372 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
10374 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
10376 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
10377 int i
, n
= 0, size
= 50;
10378 struct frame
**updated
10379 = (struct frame
**) alloca (size
* sizeof *updated
);
10381 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
10382 if (clear_face_cache_count
> CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT
)
10384 clear_face_cache (0);
10385 clear_face_cache_count
= 0;
10388 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
10389 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
10392 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10394 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10396 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) || f
== sf
)
10398 if (! EQ (frame
, selected_frame
))
10399 /* Select the frame, for the sake of frame-local
10401 select_frame_for_redisplay (frame
);
10403 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10404 if (clear_face_cache_count
% 50 == 0
10405 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
10406 clear_image_cache (f
, 0);
10407 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
10409 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
10410 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
10411 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook
)
10412 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
10414 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
10415 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
10417 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
10418 nuked should now go away. */
10419 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook
)
10420 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
10422 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
10423 /* ??? rms: I suspect it is a mistake to jump all the way
10424 back to retry here. It should just retry this frame. */
10425 if (fonts_changed_p
)
10428 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
10430 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
10431 if (hscroll_windows (f
->root_window
))
10434 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
10435 update. stdio is not robust about handling
10436 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
10438 if (interrupt_input
)
10439 unrequest_sigio ();
10442 /* Update the display. */
10443 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), 1);
10444 pause
|= update_frame (f
, 0, 0);
10445 #if 0 /* Exiting the loop can leave the wrong value for buffer_shared. */
10452 int nbytes
= size
* sizeof *updated
;
10453 struct frame
**p
= (struct frame
**) alloca (2 * nbytes
);
10454 bcopy (updated
, p
, nbytes
);
10465 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
10466 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
10467 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
10468 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
10470 struct frame
*f
= updated
[i
];
10471 mark_window_display_accurate (f
->root_window
, 1);
10472 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
)
10473 frame_up_to_date_hook (f
);
10477 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
10479 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
10480 struct frame
*mini_frame
;
10482 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
10483 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
10484 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
10485 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1
, selected_window
,
10487 redisplay_window_error
);
10489 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
10492 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
10493 if (fonts_changed_p
)
10496 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
10497 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
10498 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
10499 if (interrupt_input
)
10500 unrequest_sigio ();
10503 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
10505 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
10508 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
10509 pause
= update_frame (sf
, 0, 0);
10512 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
10513 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
10514 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
10515 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
10517 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
10518 mini_frame
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
10520 if (mini_frame
!= sf
&& FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame
))
10522 XWINDOW (mini_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
10523 pause
|= update_frame (mini_frame
, 0, 0);
10524 if (!pause
&& hscroll_windows (mini_window
))
10529 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
10530 thorough update the next time. */
10533 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
10534 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
10535 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
10536 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
10538 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
10539 update_overlay_arrows (0);
10541 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
10542 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
10543 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)
10544 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
10545 update_mode_lines
= 1;
10549 if (!consider_all_windows_p
)
10551 /* This has already been done above if
10552 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
10553 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, 1);
10555 /* Say overlay arrows are up to date. */
10556 update_overlay_arrows (1);
10558 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0)
10559 frame_up_to_date_hook (sf
);
10562 update_mode_lines
= 0;
10563 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 0;
10564 cursor_type_changed
= 0;
10567 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
10568 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
10569 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
10570 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
10571 if (interrupt_input
)
10575 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
10576 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
10577 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
10578 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
10579 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
10580 frames here explicitly. */
10583 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
10586 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10588 int this_is_visible
= 0;
10590 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
10591 this_is_visible
= 1;
10592 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame
));
10593 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
10594 this_is_visible
= 1;
10596 if (this_is_visible
)
10600 if (new_count
!= number_of_visible_frames
)
10601 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
10604 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
10605 do_pending_window_change (1);
10607 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
10608 visible frames, redisplay again. */
10609 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
&& !pause
)
10613 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10618 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
10619 another message has been requested in its place.
10621 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
10622 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
10623 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
10624 wait_reading_process_output for examples of these situations.
10626 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
10627 called. This is useful for debugging. */
10630 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where
)
10633 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where
));
10635 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]))
10637 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
10638 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
10639 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 1;
10640 redisplay_internal (1);
10641 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 0;
10644 redisplay_internal (1);
10646 if (rif
!= NULL
&& rif
->flush_display_optional
)
10647 rif
->flush_display_optional (NULL
);
10651 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
10652 redisplay_internal. Reset redisplaying_p to the value it had
10653 before redisplay_internal was called, and clear
10654 prevent_freeing_realized_faces_p. It also selects the previously
10658 unwind_redisplay (val
)
10661 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p
, old_frame
;
10663 old_redisplaying_p
= XCAR (val
);
10664 redisplaying_p
= XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p
);
10665 old_frame
= XCDR (val
);
10666 if (! EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
))
10667 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
10672 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
10673 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
10674 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
10675 redisplay_internal is called. */
10678 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, accurate_p
)
10682 if (BUFFERP (w
->buffer
))
10684 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
10687 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
10688 w
->last_overlay_modified
10689 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
10691 = BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
) ? Qt
: Qnil
;
10695 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
10696 b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 0;
10698 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_MODIFF (b
);
10699 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
);
10700 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_GPT (b
) - BUF_BEG (b
);
10701 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_GPT (b
);
10703 w
->current_matrix
->buffer
= b
;
10704 w
->current_matrix
->begv
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
10705 w
->current_matrix
->zv
= BUF_ZV (b
);
10707 w
->last_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
10708 w
->last_cursor_off_p
= w
->cursor_off_p
;
10710 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
10711 w
->last_point
= make_number (BUF_PT (b
));
10713 w
->last_point
= make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
);
10719 w
->window_end_valid
= w
->buffer
;
10720 #if 0 /* This is incorrect with variable-height lines. */
10721 xassert (XINT (w
->window_end_vpos
)
10722 < (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)
10723 - (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0)));
10725 w
->update_mode_line
= Qnil
;
10730 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
10731 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
10732 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
10733 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
10736 mark_window_display_accurate (window
, accurate_p
)
10737 Lisp_Object window
;
10742 for (; !NILP (window
); window
= w
->next
)
10744 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10745 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, accurate_p
);
10747 if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
10748 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->vchild
, accurate_p
);
10749 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
10750 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->hchild
, accurate_p
);
10755 update_overlay_arrows (1);
10759 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
10760 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
10761 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
10762 update_overlay_arrows (-1);
10767 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
10768 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
10769 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
10770 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
10773 disp_char_vector (dp
, c
)
10774 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*dp
;
10780 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
))
10781 return (dp
->contents
[c
]);
10783 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, code
[0], code
[1], code
[2]);
10786 else if (code
[2] < 32)
10789 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
10790 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
10791 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
10792 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
10794 code
[3] = -1; /* anchor */
10796 for (i
= 0; code
[i
] >= 0; i
++, dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (val
))
10798 val
= dp
->contents
[code
[i
]];
10799 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val
))
10800 return (NILP (val
) ? dp
->defalt
: val
);
10803 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
10805 return (dp
->defalt
);
10810 /***********************************************************************
10812 ***********************************************************************/
10814 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
10817 redisplay_windows (window
)
10818 Lisp_Object window
;
10820 while (!NILP (window
))
10822 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10824 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
10825 redisplay_windows (w
->hchild
);
10826 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
10827 redisplay_windows (w
->vchild
);
10830 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
10831 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
10832 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
10833 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0
, window
,
10835 redisplay_window_error
);
10843 redisplay_window_error ()
10845 displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
= BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
);
10850 redisplay_window_0 (window
)
10851 Lisp_Object window
;
10853 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
10854 redisplay_window (window
, 0);
10859 redisplay_window_1 (window
)
10860 Lisp_Object window
;
10862 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
10863 redisplay_window (window
, 1);
10868 /* Increment GLYPH until it reaches END or CONDITION fails while
10869 adding (GLYPH)->pixel_width to X. */
10871 #define SKIP_GLYPHS(glyph, end, x, condition) \
10874 (x) += (glyph)->pixel_width; \
10877 while ((glyph) < (end) && (condition))
10880 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
10881 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
10882 differ from current buffer positions. */
10885 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, matrix
, delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
)
10887 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10888 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
10889 int delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
;
10891 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10892 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10893 struct glyph
*cursor
= NULL
;
10894 /* The first glyph that starts a sequence of glyphs from string. */
10895 struct glyph
*string_start
;
10896 /* The X coordinate of string_start. */
10897 int string_start_x
;
10898 /* The last known character position. */
10899 int last_pos
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
10900 /* The last known character position before string_start. */
10901 int string_before_pos
;
10904 int cursor_from_overlay_pos
= 0;
10905 int pt_old
= PT
- delta
;
10907 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
10908 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
10910 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
10912 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
10913 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
10915 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10919 string_start
= NULL
;
10921 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
10922 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
10923 || (last_pos
= glyph
->charpos
) < pt_old
))
10925 if (! STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
10927 string_start
= NULL
;
10928 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10930 if (cursor_from_overlay_pos
10931 && last_pos
> cursor_from_overlay_pos
)
10933 cursor_from_overlay_pos
= 0;
10939 string_before_pos
= last_pos
;
10940 string_start
= glyph
;
10941 string_start_x
= x
;
10942 /* Skip all glyphs from string. */
10946 if ((cursor
== NULL
|| glyph
> cursor
)
10947 && !NILP (Fget_char_property (make_number ((glyph
)->charpos
),
10948 Qcursor
, (glyph
)->object
))
10949 && (pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, glyph
->object
,
10950 string_before_pos
),
10951 (pos
== 0 /* From overlay */
10952 || pos
== pt_old
)))
10954 /* Estimate overlay buffer position from the buffer
10955 positions of the glyphs before and after the overlay.
10956 Add 1 to last_pos so that if point corresponds to the
10957 glyph right after the overlay, we still use a 'cursor'
10958 property found in that overlay. */
10959 cursor_from_overlay_pos
= pos
== 0 ? last_pos
+1 : 0;
10963 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10966 while (glyph
< end
&& STRINGP (glyph
->object
));
10970 if (cursor
!= NULL
)
10975 else if (row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
&& glyph
== end
)
10977 /* Scan back over the ellipsis glyphs, decrementing positions. */
10978 while (glyph
> row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
10979 && (glyph
- 1)->charpos
== last_pos
)
10980 glyph
--, x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10981 /* That loop always goes one position too far,
10982 including the glyph before the ellipsis.
10983 So scan forward over that one. */
10984 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10987 else if (string_start
10988 && (glyph
== end
|| !BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) || last_pos
> pt_old
))
10990 /* We may have skipped over point because the previous glyphs
10991 are from string. As there's no easy way to know the
10992 character position of the current glyph, find the correct
10993 glyph on point by scanning from string_start again. */
10995 Lisp_Object string
;
10998 limit
= make_number (pt_old
+ 1);
11000 glyph
= string_start
;
11001 x
= string_start_x
;
11002 string
= glyph
->object
;
11003 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, string
, string_before_pos
);
11004 /* If STRING is from overlay, LAST_POS == 0. We skip such glyphs
11005 because we always put cursor after overlay strings. */
11006 while (pos
== 0 && glyph
< end
)
11008 string
= glyph
->object
;
11009 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph
, end
, x
, EQ (glyph
->object
, string
));
11011 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, glyph
->object
, string_before_pos
);
11014 while (glyph
< end
)
11016 pos
= XINT (Fnext_single_char_property_change
11017 (make_number (pos
), Qdisplay
, Qnil
, limit
));
11020 /* Skip glyphs from the same string. */
11021 string
= glyph
->object
;
11022 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph
, end
, x
, EQ (glyph
->object
, string
));
11023 /* Skip glyphs from an overlay. */
11025 && ! string_buffer_position (w
, glyph
->object
, pos
))
11027 string
= glyph
->object
;
11028 SKIP_GLYPHS (glyph
, end
, x
, EQ (glyph
->object
, string
));
11033 w
->cursor
.hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
11035 w
->cursor
.vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, matrix
) + dvpos
;
11036 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
+ dy
;
11038 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
11040 if (!row
->continued_p
11041 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
11044 this_line_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11046 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
11047 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
11048 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
11049 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
;
11051 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
11052 = Z
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
);
11053 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
11054 = Z_BYTE
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
);
11056 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
11057 this_line_pixel_height
= row
->height
;
11058 this_line_vpos
= w
->cursor
.vpos
;
11059 this_line_start_x
= row
->x
;
11062 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
11067 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
11068 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
11070 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
11072 static INLINE
struct text_pos
11073 run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
)
11074 Lisp_Object window
;
11075 struct text_pos startp
;
11077 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11078 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, startp
);
11080 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
11083 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
11085 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions
, window
,
11086 make_number (CHARPOS (startp
)));
11087 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
11088 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
11089 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
11090 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
11097 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
11098 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
11099 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
11100 or we cannot tell.)
11102 If FORCE_P is non-zero, return 0 even if partial visible cursor row
11103 is higher than window.
11105 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
11106 as if point had gone off the screen. */
11109 cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, force_p
, current_matrix_p
)
11113 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
11114 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11117 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
11120 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
11121 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
11122 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
11125 matrix
= current_matrix_p
? w
->current_matrix
: w
->desired_matrix
;
11126 row
= MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
11128 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
11129 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
))
11132 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
11133 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
11134 window_height
= window_box_height (w
);
11135 if (row
->height
>= window_height
)
11137 if (!force_p
|| w
->vscroll
)
11143 /* This code used to try to scroll the window just enough to make
11144 the line visible. It returned 0 to say that the caller should
11145 allocate larger glyph matrices. */
11147 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w
, row
))
11149 int dy
= row
->height
- row
->visible_height
;
11152 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, matrix
, 0, matrix
->nrows
, dy
);
11154 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
11156 int dy
= - (row
->height
- row
->visible_height
);
11159 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, matrix
, 0, matrix
->nrows
, dy
);
11162 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
11163 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
11164 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
11165 the correct y-position. */
11166 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
11167 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
11169 /* If vscrolling requires a larger glyph matrix, arrange for a fresh
11170 redisplay with larger matrices. */
11171 if (matrix
->nrows
< required_matrix_height (w
))
11173 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
11182 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
11183 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
11184 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
11185 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
11186 the case that only the cursor has moved.
11188 LAST_LINE_MISFIT should be nonzero if we're scrolling because the
11189 last screen line's vertical height extends past the end of the screen.
11193 1 if scrolling succeeded
11195 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
11197 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
11198 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
11204 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
11208 try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
, scroll_conservatively
,
11209 scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
, last_line_misfit
)
11210 Lisp_Object window
;
11211 int just_this_one_p
;
11212 EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively
, scroll_step
;
11213 int temp_scroll_step
;
11214 int last_line_misfit
;
11216 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11217 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11218 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos
;
11219 struct text_pos pos
;
11220 struct text_pos startp
;
11222 Lisp_Object window_end
;
11223 int this_scroll_margin
;
11227 int amount_to_scroll
= 0;
11228 Lisp_Object aggressive
;
11230 int extra_scroll_margin_lines
= last_line_misfit
? 1 : 0;
11233 debug_method_add (w
, "try_scrolling");
11236 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
11238 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
11239 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
11240 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
11242 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
11243 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11246 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
11248 /* Force scroll_conservatively to have a reasonable value so it doesn't
11249 cause an overflow while computing how much to scroll. */
11250 if (scroll_conservatively
)
11251 scroll_conservatively
= min (scroll_conservatively
,
11252 MOST_POSITIVE_FIXNUM
/ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
11254 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
11256 if (scroll_step
|| scroll_conservatively
|| temp_scroll_step
)
11257 scroll_max
= max (scroll_step
,
11258 max (scroll_conservatively
, temp_scroll_step
));
11259 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
)
11260 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
))
11261 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
11262 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
11263 there should be a variable for this. */
11267 scroll_max
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11269 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
11270 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
11272 window_end
= Fwindow_end (window
, Qt
);
11276 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
) = XINT (window_end
);
11277 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
));
11279 if (this_scroll_margin
|| extra_scroll_margin_lines
)
11281 start_display (&it
, w
, scroll_margin_pos
);
11282 if (this_scroll_margin
)
11283 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, this_scroll_margin
);
11284 if (extra_scroll_margin_lines
)
11285 move_it_by_lines (&it
, - extra_scroll_margin_lines
, 0);
11286 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
11289 if (PT
>= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
11293 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
11294 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
11296 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
11297 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
11298 start_display (&it
, w
, scroll_margin_pos
);
11300 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
11301 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
11303 /* To make point visible, we have to move the window start
11304 down so that the line the cursor is in is visible, which
11305 means we have to add in the height of the cursor line. */
11306 dy
= line_bottom_y (&it
) - y0
;
11308 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
11309 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
11311 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
11312 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
11313 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
11314 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
11316 if (scroll_conservatively
)
11317 /* Set AMOUNT_TO_SCROLL to at least one line,
11318 and at most scroll_conservatively lines. */
11320 = min (max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
11321 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * scroll_conservatively
);
11322 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
11323 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
11326 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
;
11327 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
11328 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
11330 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
11331 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
11332 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
11333 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
11337 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
11338 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
11340 /* If moving by amount_to_scroll leaves STARTP unchanged,
11341 move it down one screen line. */
11343 move_it_vertically (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
11344 if (CHARPOS (it
.current
.pos
) == CHARPOS (startp
))
11345 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 1);
11346 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
11350 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
11352 scroll_margin_pos
= startp
;
11353 if (this_scroll_margin
)
11355 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
11356 move_it_vertically (&it
, this_scroll_margin
);
11357 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
11360 if (PT
< CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
11362 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
11363 above what is displayed in the window. */
11366 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
11367 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
11369 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
11370 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
11372 move_it_to (&it
, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
), 0,
11373 it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
11374 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
11375 dy
= it
.current_y
- y0
;
11376 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
11377 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
11379 /* Compute new window start. */
11380 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
11382 if (scroll_conservatively
)
11384 = max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * max (scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
));
11385 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
11386 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
11389 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
;
11390 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
11391 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
11393 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
11394 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
11395 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
11396 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
11400 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
11401 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
11403 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
11404 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
11408 /* Run window scroll functions. */
11409 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
11411 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
11413 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
11414 rc
= SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
;
11415 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
11417 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
11418 rc
= SCROLLING_FAILED
;
11422 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
11423 if (!just_this_one_p
11424 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
11425 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
11426 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
11428 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
11429 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
11430 if (! cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, extra_scroll_margin_lines
<= 1, 0))
11432 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
11433 ++extra_scroll_margin_lines
;
11436 rc
= SCROLLING_SUCCESS
;
11443 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
11444 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
11447 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
11448 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
11449 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
11452 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
)
11455 struct text_pos pos
, start_pos
;
11456 int window_start_changed_p
= 0;
11458 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos
, w
->start
);
11460 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
11461 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
11462 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
11463 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > BEGV
11464 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos
) - 1) != '\n')
11467 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11469 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
11470 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) < BEGV
)
11471 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
11472 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > ZV
)
11473 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
11475 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
11476 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
11477 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0);
11478 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (start_pos
), BYTEPOS (start_pos
),
11479 row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
11480 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it
);
11482 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
11483 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
11484 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
)
11485 < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) * WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
))
11487 int min_distance
, distance
;
11489 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
11490 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
11491 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
11492 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
11493 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
11494 minimum distance from the old window start. */
11495 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
11496 min_distance
= INFINITY
;
11497 while ((distance
= abs (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
))),
11498 distance
< min_distance
)
11500 min_distance
= distance
;
11501 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
11502 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
11505 /* Set the window start there. */
11506 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, pos
);
11507 window_start_changed_p
= 1;
11511 return window_start_changed_p
;
11515 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
11516 with window start STARTP. Value is
11518 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
11520 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
11522 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
11523 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
11524 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
11526 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
11527 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
11532 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
,
11533 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
,
11534 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
,
11535 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
11539 try_cursor_movement (window
, startp
, scroll_step
)
11540 Lisp_Object window
;
11541 struct text_pos startp
;
11544 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11545 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11546 int rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
;
11549 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement
)
11553 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
11554 not moved off the frame. */
11555 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
11556 PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
11557 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
11558 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
11559 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
11560 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
11561 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
11563 && !update_mode_lines
11564 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
11565 && !cursor_type_changed
11566 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
11567 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
11569 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
11570 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
11571 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
11572 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
11573 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
11574 && INTEGERP (w
->last_point
)
11575 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
11576 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
11577 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
11578 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
11579 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
11580 handles the same cases. */
11581 && !EQ (window
, minibuf_window
)
11582 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
11583 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
11584 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
11585 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
11586 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
11587 && INTEGERP (w
->window_end_vpos
)
11588 && XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < w
->current_matrix
->nrows
11589 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
11590 || !overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p ()))
11592 int this_scroll_margin
, top_scroll_margin
;
11593 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
11596 debug_method_add (w
, "cursor movement");
11599 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
11600 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
11601 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
11602 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
11603 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11605 top_scroll_margin
= this_scroll_margin
;
11606 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
11607 top_scroll_margin
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
11609 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
11610 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
11611 if (w
->last_cursor
.vpos
< 0
11612 || w
->last_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
11613 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11616 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->last_cursor
.vpos
);
11617 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
11619 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
11620 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11623 if (rc
== CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
)
11626 int last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - this_scroll_margin
;
11628 if (PT
> XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
11630 /* Point has moved forward. */
11631 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < PT
11632 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
)
11634 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
11638 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
11639 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
11640 display it in the next line. */
11641 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
11642 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
11643 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
11646 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
11647 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
11648 the next line would be drawn, and that
11649 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
11650 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
11651 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
11652 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
11653 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
11654 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) == last_y
11655 && PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
11656 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
11657 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
11660 else if (PT
< XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
11662 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
11663 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
11664 while (!row
->mode_line_p
11665 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) > PT
11666 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
11667 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
11668 && (row
->y
> top_scroll_margin
11669 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
))
11671 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
11675 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
11676 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
11677 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
11678 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
11679 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
11680 if (row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
11681 || row
->mode_line_p
)
11683 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
11684 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
11688 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
11689 skip forward over overlay strings. */
11690 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
11691 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
11692 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
11695 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
11696 if (row
->y
< top_scroll_margin
11697 && CHARPOS (startp
) != BEGV
)
11702 /* Cursor did not move. So don't scroll even if cursor line
11703 is partially visible, as it was so before. */
11704 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
11707 if (PT
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
11708 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
11710 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
11711 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11713 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
11714 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
)
11715 && make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
11717 if (PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
11718 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
11719 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
11720 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11721 else if (row
->height
> window_box_height (w
))
11723 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
11724 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
11725 than the window, in which case we can't do much
11728 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11732 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11733 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 1))
11734 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11736 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
11740 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
11743 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11744 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
11753 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
)
11756 int start
, end
, whole
;
11758 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
11759 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
11760 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
11761 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
11764 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
11765 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
11766 || (w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
11767 && NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0])))
11769 struct buffer
*buf
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11770 whole
= BUF_ZV (buf
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
11771 start
= marker_position (w
->start
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
11772 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
11773 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
11774 end
= BUF_Z (buf
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
11778 if (whole
< (end
- start
))
11779 whole
= end
- start
;
11782 start
= end
= whole
= 0;
11784 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
11785 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w
, end
- start
, whole
, start
);
11789 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
11790 selected_window is redisplayed.
11792 We can return without actually redisplaying the window if
11793 fonts_changed_p is nonzero. In that case, redisplay_internal will
11797 redisplay_window (window
, just_this_one_p
)
11798 Lisp_Object window
;
11799 int just_this_one_p
;
11801 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11802 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11803 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11804 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
11805 struct text_pos lpoint
, opoint
, startp
;
11806 int update_mode_line
;
11809 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
11810 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p
= 0;
11811 int used_current_matrix_p
= 0;
11812 /* This is less strict than current_matrix_up_to_date_p.
11813 It indictes that the buffer contents and narrowing are unchanged. */
11814 int buffer_unchanged_p
= 0;
11815 int temp_scroll_step
= 0;
11816 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
11818 int centering_position
= -1;
11819 int last_line_misfit
= 0;
11821 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
11824 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
11825 xassert (!NILP (w
->buffer
));
11827 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
11830 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
11832 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, buffer
);
11834 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
11835 update_mode_line
= (!NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
11836 || update_mode_lines
11837 || buffer
->clip_changed
11838 || buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
);
11840 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
11842 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
)
11843 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
11845 if (update_mode_line
)
11846 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
11847 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
11848 goto finish_menu_bars
;
11850 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
11851 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
11853 else if ((w
!= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
11854 || minibuf_level
== 0)
11855 /* When buffer is nonempty, redisplay window normally. */
11856 && BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) == BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
11857 /* Quail displays non-mini buffers in minibuffer window.
11858 In that case, redisplay the window normally. */
11859 && !NILP (Fmemq (w
->buffer
, Vminibuffer_list
)))
11861 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not active, so clear
11863 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
11864 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11867 for (y
= 0, row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
11869 y
+= row
->height
, ++row
)
11870 blank_row (w
, row
, y
);
11871 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
11874 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
11877 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
11879 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
11881 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
11882 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
11884 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
11885 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
11886 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
11887 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
11888 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
11889 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
11892 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
11893 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
11894 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
11895 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
11897 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
11898 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
11899 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
11901 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
11902 window start in case the window's width changed. */
11903 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
)
11904 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
);
11906 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
11909 /* Some sanity checks. */
11910 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w
);
11911 if (Z
== Z_BYTE
&& CHARPOS (opoint
) != BYTEPOS (opoint
))
11913 if (BYTEPOS (opoint
) < CHARPOS (opoint
))
11916 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
11917 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
11918 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
11919 where no change is needed. */
11920 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
11921 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
11922 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11923 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
11924 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
11925 update_mode_line
= 1;
11927 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
11928 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
11929 if (!just_this_one_p
)
11931 struct buffer
*current_base
, *window_base
;
11932 current_base
= current_buffer
;
11933 window_base
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
11934 if (current_base
->base_buffer
)
11935 current_base
= current_base
->base_buffer
;
11936 if (window_base
->base_buffer
)
11937 window_base
= window_base
->base_buffer
;
11938 if (current_base
== window_base
)
11942 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
11943 window, set up appropriate value. */
11944 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
11946 int new_pt
= XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
;
11947 int new_pt_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->pointm
);
11951 new_pt_byte
= BEGV_BYTE
;
11952 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
11954 else if (new_pt
> (ZV
- 1))
11957 new_pt_byte
= ZV_BYTE
;
11958 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
11961 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
11962 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt
, new_pt_byte
);
11965 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
11966 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
11967 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
11968 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
11969 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
11970 if (current_buffer
->width_run_cache
)
11972 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*disptab
= buffer_display_table ();
11974 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab
,
11975 XVECTOR (current_buffer
->width_table
)))
11977 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer
,
11978 current_buffer
->width_run_cache
,
11980 recompute_width_table (current_buffer
, disptab
);
11984 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
11985 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
!= current_buffer
)
11988 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
11990 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
11991 check whether it can be used. */
11992 if (!NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
11993 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
11994 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
11996 w
->optional_new_start
= Qnil
;
11997 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
11998 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
11999 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
12000 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == PT
)
12001 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
12002 /* IT may overshoot PT if text at PT is invisible. */
12003 else if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > PT
&& CHARPOS (startp
) <= PT
)
12004 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
12009 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
12010 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
12011 if (!NILP (w
->force_start
)
12012 || w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
12014 /* We set this later on if we have to adjust point. */
12017 w
->force_start
= Qnil
;
12019 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
12021 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
12022 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
12023 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12025 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
12026 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
12027 because we have scrolled. */
12028 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
12029 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
12030 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
12031 and having them get more errors. */
12032 if (!update_mode_line
12033 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
12035 update_mode_line
= 1;
12036 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
12037 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
12040 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
12041 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
12042 if (CHARPOS (startp
) < BEGV
)
12043 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
12044 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) > ZV
)
12045 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
12047 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
12048 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
12049 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
12051 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
12052 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12053 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12056 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0 && !w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
12058 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
12059 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
12060 can use it here. */
12061 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
12064 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
12066 /* Point does appear, but on a line partly visible at end of window.
12067 Move it back to a fully-visible line. */
12068 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
);
12071 /* If we need to move point for either of the above reasons,
12072 now actually do it. */
12075 struct glyph_row
*row
;
12077 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
12078 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < new_vpos
)
12081 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
12082 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
12084 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
))
12085 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
12086 else if (current_buffer
== old
)
12087 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
12089 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12091 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
12092 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
12093 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
12094 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
12096 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12097 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
12098 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12103 debug_method_add (w
, "forced window start");
12108 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
12109 not moved off the frame, and we are not retrying after hscroll.
12110 (current_matrix_up_to_date_p is nonzero when retrying.) */
12111 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
12112 && (rc
= try_cursor_movement (window
, startp
, &temp_scroll_step
),
12113 rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
))
12117 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
:
12118 used_current_matrix_p
= 1;
12121 #if 0 /* try_cursor_movement never returns this value. */
12122 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
:
12123 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12126 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
:
12127 goto try_to_scroll
;
12133 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
12134 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
12135 else if (!NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
12136 && !(CHARPOS (startp
) <= BEGV
12137 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n'))
12140 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter 1");
12145 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
12146 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
12147 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
12148 else if ((tem
= try_window_id (w
)) != 0)
12151 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_id %d", tem
);
12154 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12155 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12159 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
12160 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
12162 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
12163 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
12164 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
12165 && (CHARPOS (startp
) < ZV
12166 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
12167 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
12168 || (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
12169 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)))
12172 debug_method_add (w
, "same window start");
12175 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
12176 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
12177 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
12178 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
12179 because a window scroll function can have changed the
12181 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
12182 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
12183 || !(used_current_matrix_p
12184 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
12186 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "1"));
12187 try_window (window
, startp
);
12190 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12191 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12193 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
12195 if (!just_this_one_p
12196 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
12197 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
12198 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
12199 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12201 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 1, 0))
12203 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12204 last_line_misfit
= 1;
12206 /* Drop through and scroll. */
12211 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12216 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
12217 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
12219 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
12220 if (!update_mode_line
)
12222 update_mode_line
= 1;
12223 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
12226 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
12227 if ((scroll_conservatively
12229 || temp_scroll_step
12230 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
)
12231 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
))
12232 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
12233 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
12234 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
12236 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
12237 successful, 0 if not successful. */
12238 int rc
= try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
,
12239 scroll_conservatively
,
12241 temp_scroll_step
, last_line_misfit
);
12244 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS
:
12247 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
:
12248 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12250 case SCROLLING_FAILED
:
12258 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
12261 if (centering_position
< 0)
12262 centering_position
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
12265 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter");
12268 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
12270 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
12271 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
12272 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12274 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
12275 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
12276 it
.current_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
12277 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, centering_position
);
12278 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= BEGV
);
12280 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
12281 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
12282 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
12283 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
12284 containing PT in this case. */
12285 if (it
.current_y
<= 0)
12287 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
12288 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, 0);
12289 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) <= PT
);
12293 it
.current_x
= it
.hpos
= 0;
12295 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
12296 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
12297 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, IT_CHARPOS (it
), IT_BYTEPOS (it
));
12299 /* Run scroll hooks. */
12300 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
12302 /* Redisplay the window. */
12303 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
12304 || windows_or_buffers_changed
12305 || cursor_type_changed
12306 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
12307 because it can have changed the buffer. */
12308 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
12309 || !just_this_one_p
12310 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
12311 || !(used_current_matrix_p
12312 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
12313 try_window (window
, startp
);
12315 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
12316 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
12318 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12319 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12321 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
12322 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
12323 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
12324 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
12326 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
12328 if (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
12329 && PT
>= Z
- XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
))
12331 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12332 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
12333 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
12335 else if (PT
< IT_CHARPOS (it
))
12337 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12338 move_it_by_lines (&it
, -1, 0);
12339 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
12343 /* Not much we can do about it. */
12347 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
12348 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
12349 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
12350 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
12351 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
12353 struct glyph_row
*row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
12354 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
12356 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12359 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
12361 /* If vscroll is enabled, disable it and try again. */
12365 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12369 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
12370 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
12371 visible, if it can be done. */
12372 if (centering_position
== 0)
12375 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12376 centering_position
= 0;
12382 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
12383 w
->start_at_line_beg
= ((CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
12384 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n')
12387 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
12388 if ((update_mode_line
12389 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
12390 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
12391 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
12392 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
12393 || (!just_this_one_p
12394 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
12395 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
))
12396 /* Line number to display. */
12397 || INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
12398 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
12399 || (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
12400 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
12401 != (int) current_column ()))) /* iftc */
12402 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
12403 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
12404 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)))
12406 display_mode_lines (w
);
12408 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
12409 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
12410 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
12411 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
12413 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
12414 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
12415 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
12418 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
12419 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
12420 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
12421 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
12423 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
12424 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
12425 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
12428 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12429 goto need_larger_matrices
;
12432 if (!line_number_displayed
12433 && !BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
12435 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
12436 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12441 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
12442 if (update_mode_line
12443 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
), window
))
12445 int redisplay_menu_p
= 0;
12446 int redisplay_tool_bar_p
= 0;
12448 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
12450 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS) \
12451 || defined (USE_GTK)
12452 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
);
12454 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
12458 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
12460 if (redisplay_menu_p
)
12461 display_menu_bar (w
);
12463 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12465 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
12467 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
12468 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
12469 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p
);
12473 if (redisplay_tool_bar_p
)
12474 redisplay_tool_bar (f
);
12478 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12479 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
12480 && update_window_fringes (w
, 0)
12481 && !just_this_one_p
12482 && (used_current_matrix_p
|| overlay_arrow_seen
)
12483 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
12487 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
12488 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
12492 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12494 /* We go to this label, with fonts_changed_p nonzero,
12495 if it is necessary to try again using larger glyph matrices.
12496 We have to redeem the scroll bar even in this case,
12497 because the loop in redisplay_internal expects that. */
12498 need_larger_matrices
:
12500 finish_scroll_bars
:
12502 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
12504 /* Set the thumb's position and size. */
12505 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
12507 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
12508 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
12509 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w
);
12512 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
12513 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint
), BYTEPOS (opoint
));
12514 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
12515 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
12517 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
12521 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
12522 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
12523 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
12524 glyph matrices necessary. */
12527 try_window (window
, pos
)
12528 Lisp_Object window
;
12529 struct text_pos pos
;
12531 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12533 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
= NULL
;
12535 /* Make POS the new window start. */
12536 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
));
12538 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
12539 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
12540 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
12542 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
12543 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
12545 /* Display all lines of W. */
12546 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
12548 if (display_line (&it
))
12549 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
12550 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12554 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
12555 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= 0
12556 && Z
!= IT_CHARPOS (it
))
12557 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
12559 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
12560 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
12561 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
12564 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row
));
12565 w
->window_end_bytepos
12566 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
12568 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
12570 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
12571 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
))
12572 ->displays_text_p
);
12576 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
12577 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
12578 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
12581 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
12582 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
12588 /************************************************************************
12589 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
12590 ************************************************************************/
12592 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
12593 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
12594 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
12595 W->start is the new window start. */
12598 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)
12601 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
12602 struct glyph_row
*row
, *bottom_row
;
12605 struct text_pos start
, new_start
;
12606 int nrows_scrolled
, i
;
12607 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
;
12608 struct glyph_row
*last_reused_text_row
;
12609 struct glyph_row
*start_row
;
12610 int start_vpos
, min_y
, max_y
;
12613 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing
)
12617 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
12618 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
12619 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
12621 || windows_or_buffers_changed
12622 || cursor_type_changed
)
12625 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
12626 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
12627 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
12628 || !NILP (w
->region_showing
)
12629 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
12632 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
12633 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
12634 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->mode_line_p
)
12637 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
12638 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
12639 start_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
12640 if (w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
))
12643 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
12644 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
12645 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start
, w
->start
);
12646 start
= start_row
->start
.pos
;
12647 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
12649 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
12650 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12652 if (CHARPOS (new_start
) <= CHARPOS (start
))
12656 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
12657 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
12658 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
12659 not a frequent case. */
12660 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row
->start
, w
))
12663 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "twu1"));
12665 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
12666 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
12667 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
12668 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
12669 start_display (&it
, w
, new_start
);
12670 first_row_y
= it
.current_y
;
12671 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
12672 last_text_row
= last_reused_text_row
= NULL
;
12674 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
12675 && !fonts_changed_p
)
12677 /* If we have reached into the characters in the START row,
12678 that means the line boundaries have changed. So we
12679 can't start copying with the row START. Maybe it will
12680 work to start copying with the following row. */
12681 while (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > CHARPOS (start
))
12683 /* Advance to the next row as the "start". */
12685 start
= start_row
->start
.pos
;
12686 /* If there are no more rows to try, or just one, give up. */
12687 if (start_row
== MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
) - 1
12688 || w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
)
12689 || CHARPOS (start
) == ZV
)
12691 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12695 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
12697 /* If we have reached alignment,
12698 we can copy the rest of the rows. */
12699 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == CHARPOS (start
))
12702 if (display_line (&it
))
12703 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
12706 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
12707 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
12708 have at least one reusable row. */
12709 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
12711 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
12712 nrows_scrolled
= it
.vpos
- (start_row
- MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
12714 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
12715 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
12717 int dy
= it
.current_y
- start_row
->y
;
12719 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
12720 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, row
, NULL
, dy
);
12722 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0,
12723 dy
, nrows_scrolled
);
12726 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12731 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
12732 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
12733 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
12734 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
12735 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
12737 run
.current_y
= start_row
->y
;
12738 run
.desired_y
= it
.current_y
;
12739 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- it
.current_y
;
12741 if (run
.height
> 0 && run
.current_y
!= run
.desired_y
)
12744 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
12745 rif
->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
12746 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
12747 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
12751 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
12752 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
12753 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
12755 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
12758 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
12759 for (i
= 0; i
< it
.vpos
; ++i
)
12760 (start_row
+ i
)->enabled_p
= 0;
12762 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
12763 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
12764 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
12765 for (row
= start_row
+ nrows_scrolled
;
12769 row
->y
= it
.current_y
;
12770 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
12772 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
12773 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
12774 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
12775 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
12776 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
12778 it
.current_y
+= row
->height
;
12780 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
12781 last_reused_text_row
= row
;
12782 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
.last_visible_y
)
12786 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
12787 below the window. */
12788 for (++row
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
12789 row
->enabled_p
= 0;
12792 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
12793 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
12794 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
12795 containing text. */
12796 if (last_reused_text_row
)
12798 w
->window_end_bytepos
12799 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row
);
12801 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row
));
12803 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row
,
12804 w
->current_matrix
));
12806 else if (last_text_row
)
12808 w
->window_end_bytepos
12809 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
12811 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
12813 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
12817 /* This window must be completely empty. */
12818 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
12819 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
12820 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
12822 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
12824 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
12825 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
12828 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
12832 else if (CHARPOS (new_start
) > CHARPOS (start
))
12834 struct glyph_row
*pt_row
, *row
;
12835 struct glyph_row
*first_reusable_row
;
12836 struct glyph_row
*first_row_to_display
;
12838 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
12840 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
12841 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
12842 first_reusable_row
= start_row
;
12843 while (first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
12844 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) < yb
12845 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
12846 < CHARPOS (new_start
)))
12847 ++first_reusable_row
;
12849 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
12850 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) >= yb
12851 || !first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
12852 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
12853 != CHARPOS (new_start
)))
12856 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
12857 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
12858 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
12859 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
12861 for (first_row_to_display
= first_reusable_row
;
12862 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display
) < yb
;
12863 ++first_row_to_display
)
12865 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
)
12866 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
))
12867 pt_row
= first_row_to_display
;
12870 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
12871 xassert (first_row_to_display
->y
< yb
);
12872 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, first_row_to_display
);
12874 nrows_scrolled
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row
, w
->current_matrix
)
12876 it
.vpos
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display
, w
->current_matrix
)
12878 it
.current_y
= (first_row_to_display
->y
- first_reusable_row
->y
12879 + WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
));
12881 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
12882 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
12883 that displays text. */
12884 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
12885 if (pt_row
== NULL
)
12886 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
12887 last_text_row
= NULL
;
12888 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
&& !fonts_changed_p
)
12889 if (display_line (&it
))
12890 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
12892 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
12893 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
12895 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
12899 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
12903 w
->cursor
.vpos
-= nrows_scrolled
;
12904 w
->cursor
.y
-= first_reusable_row
->y
- start_row
->y
;
12907 /* Scroll the display. */
12908 run
.current_y
= first_reusable_row
->y
;
12909 run
.desired_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
12910 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- run
.current_y
;
12911 dy
= run
.current_y
- run
.desired_y
;
12916 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
12917 rif
->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
12918 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
12919 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
12923 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
12924 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
12925 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
12926 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
12927 for (row
= first_reusable_row
; row
< first_row_to_display
; ++row
)
12930 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
12931 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
12932 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
12933 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
12934 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
12935 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
12938 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
12939 xassert (nrows_scrolled
> 0);
12940 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
12942 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
12945 /* Disable rows not reused. */
12946 for (row
-= nrows_scrolled
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
12947 row
->enabled_p
= 0;
12949 /* Point may have moved to a different line, so we cannot assume that
12950 the previous cursor position is valid; locate the correct row. */
12953 for (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
12954 row
< bottom_row
&& PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
);
12958 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
;
12960 if (row
< bottom_row
)
12962 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + w
->cursor
.hpos
;
12963 while (glyph
->charpos
< PT
)
12966 w
->cursor
.x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12972 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
12973 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
12974 only its vpos can have changed. */
12977 w
->window_end_bytepos
12978 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
12980 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
12982 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
12987 = make_number (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) - nrows_scrolled
);
12990 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
12991 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
12994 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
13004 /************************************************************************
13005 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
13006 ************************************************************************/
13008 static struct glyph_row
*find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row
P_ ((struct window
*));
13009 static struct glyph_row
*find_first_unchanged_at_end_row
P_ ((struct window
*,
13011 static struct glyph_row
*
13012 find_last_row_displaying_text
P_ ((struct glyph_matrix
*, struct it
*,
13013 struct glyph_row
*));
13016 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
13017 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
13018 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
13019 a pointer to the row found. */
13021 static struct glyph_row
*
13022 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix
, it
, start
)
13023 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
13025 struct glyph_row
*start
;
13027 struct glyph_row
*row
, *row_found
;
13029 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
13030 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
13033 row
= start
? start
: MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix
);
13034 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
13036 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13038 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
->last_visible_y
)
13047 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
13048 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
13049 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
13051 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
13052 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
13053 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
13054 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
13055 when the current matrix was built. */
13057 static struct glyph_row
*
13058 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
)
13061 int first_changed_pos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
13062 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13063 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
13064 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
13066 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
13067 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
13068 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
13069 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) < first_changed_pos
)
13071 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
13072 except in some case. */
13073 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) <= first_changed_pos
13074 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
13076 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13077 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
13078 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
13080 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == first_changed_pos
13081 && (row
->continued_p
13082 || row
->exact_window_width_line_p
)))
13085 /* Stop if last visible row. */
13086 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= yb
)
13096 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
13097 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
13098 time W's current matrix was built.
13100 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
13101 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
13103 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
13105 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
13108 static struct glyph_row
*
13109 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, delta
, delta_bytes
)
13111 int *delta
, *delta_bytes
;
13113 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13114 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
13116 *delta
= *delta_bytes
= 0;
13118 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
13119 is not up to date. */
13120 if (NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
13123 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
13124 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
13125 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
13126 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) >= END_UNCHANGED
)
13129 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
13130 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
13132 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
13133 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
13135 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
13136 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
13137 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
13138 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
13139 positions for characters not in changed text. */
13140 int Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
13141 int Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
13142 int last_unchanged_pos
, last_unchanged_pos_old
;
13143 struct glyph_row
*first_text_row
13144 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
13146 *delta
= Z
- Z_old
;
13147 *delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
13149 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
13150 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
13151 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
13152 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
13153 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
13155 last_unchanged_pos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
+ BEG
;
13156 last_unchanged_pos_old
= last_unchanged_pos
- *delta
;
13158 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
13159 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
13160 for (; row
> first_text_row
; --row
)
13162 /* This used to abort, but it can happen.
13163 It is ok to just stop the search instead here. KFS. */
13164 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
13167 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) >= last_unchanged_pos_old
)
13172 if (row_found
&& !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found
))
13179 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
13180 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
13181 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
13182 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
13183 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
13186 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
)
13189 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13190 struct glyph_row
*window_row
, *window_row_end
, *frame_row
;
13192 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
13193 must have a frame matrix. */
13194 xassert (NILP (w
->hchild
) && NILP (w
->vchild
));
13195 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
));
13196 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
13198 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
13199 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
13200 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
13201 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
13202 window_row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
13203 window_row_end
= window_row
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
;
13204 frame_row
= f
->current_matrix
->rows
+ WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
);
13205 while (window_row
< window_row_end
)
13207 struct glyph
*start
= window_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
];
13208 struct glyph
*end
= window_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
];
13210 frame_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
] = start
;
13211 frame_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = start
;
13212 frame_row
->glyphs
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
] = end
;
13213 frame_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
] = end
;
13215 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
13216 been disabled in try_window_id. */
13217 if (!window_row
->enabled_p
)
13218 frame_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
13220 ++window_row
, ++frame_row
;
13225 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
13226 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
13227 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
13228 containing CHARPOS or null. */
13231 row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, start
, end
, dy
)
13234 struct glyph_row
*start
, *end
;
13237 struct glyph_row
*row
= start
;
13240 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
13241 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
13244 if ((end
&& row
>= end
) || !row
->enabled_p
)
13247 last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - dy
;
13251 /* Give up if we have gone too far. */
13252 if (end
&& row
>= end
)
13254 /* This formerly returned if they were equal.
13255 I think that both quantities are of a "last plus one" type;
13256 if so, when they are equal, the row is within the screen. -- rms. */
13257 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
)
13260 /* If it is in this row, return this row. */
13261 if (! (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < charpos
13262 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == charpos
13263 /* The end position of a row equals the start
13264 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
13265 would rather display it in the next line, except
13266 when this line ends in ZV. */
13267 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13268 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
13269 && charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
13276 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
13277 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
13278 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
13282 1 if display has been updated
13283 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
13284 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
13286 The following steps are performed:
13288 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
13289 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
13292 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
13293 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
13295 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
13296 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
13299 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
13301 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
13302 display and current matrix as needed.
13304 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
13305 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
13306 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
13307 in smaller font sizes.
13309 7. Update W's window end information. */
13315 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13316 struct glyph_matrix
*current_matrix
= w
->current_matrix
;
13317 struct glyph_matrix
*desired_matrix
= w
->desired_matrix
;
13318 struct glyph_row
*last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
13319 struct glyph_row
*first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
13320 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13321 struct glyph_row
*bottom_row
;
13324 int delta
= 0, delta_bytes
= 0, stop_pos
, dvpos
, dy
;
13325 struct text_pos start_pos
;
13327 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= 0;
13328 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
, *last_text_row_at_end
;
13329 struct text_pos start
;
13330 int first_changed_charpos
, last_changed_charpos
;
13333 if (inhibit_try_window_id
)
13337 /* This is handy for debugging. */
13339 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
13341 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
13345 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
13348 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
13350 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
13351 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
13352 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
13355 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
13356 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| cursor_type_changed
)
13359 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed.
13360 Also verify that we were not told to prevent redisplay optimizations.
13361 It would be nice to further
13362 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
13363 if (current_buffer
->clip_changed
13364 || current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
)
13367 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
13368 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
13369 && (!line_ins_del_ok
13370 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)))
13373 /* Give up if point is not known NOT to appear in W. */
13374 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start
))
13377 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
13378 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == 0)
13381 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
13382 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != 0)
13385 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
13386 if (NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
13389 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
13390 will do more than just set the cursor. */
13391 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
13392 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
13395 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
13396 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
13399 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
13400 if (!NILP (w
->region_showing
))
13403 /* Can use this if overlay arrow position and or string have changed. */
13404 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
13408 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
13409 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
13410 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
13411 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
13412 if (MODIFF
> SAVE_MODIFF
13413 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
13414 || BEG_UNCHANGED
+ END_UNCHANGED
> Z_BYTE
)
13416 if (GPT
- BEG
< BEG_UNCHANGED
)
13417 BEG_UNCHANGED
= GPT
- BEG
;
13418 if (Z
- GPT
< END_UNCHANGED
)
13419 END_UNCHANGED
= Z
- GPT
;
13422 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
13423 first_changed_charpos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
13424 last_changed_charpos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
;
13426 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
13427 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
13428 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
13429 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
13430 be adjusted, of course. */
13431 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
13432 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
13433 && ((last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
)
13434 && CHARPOS (start
) == BEGV
)
13435 || (last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
) - 1
13436 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start
) - 1) == '\n')))
13438 int Z_old
, delta
, Z_BYTE_old
, delta_bytes
;
13439 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
13441 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
13442 from the buffer. */
13443 Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
13444 Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
13446 delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
13448 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
13449 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
13450 front of the window start. */
13451 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
)
13454 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
13455 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
13456 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
13457 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
13458 if (CHARPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0
) + delta
13459 && BYTEPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0
) + delta_bytes
13460 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
13461 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
13462 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
13464 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
13465 if (delta
|| delta_bytes
)
13467 struct glyph_row
*r1
13468 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
13469 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
13470 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0
, current_matrix
),
13471 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1
, current_matrix
),
13472 delta
, delta_bytes
);
13475 /* Set the cursor. */
13476 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
13478 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13485 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
13486 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
13487 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
13488 there that is visible in the window. */
13489 if (first_changed_charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13490 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
13491 changes at ZV, actually. */
13492 && (current_matrix
->zv
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13493 || first_changed_charpos
== last_changed_charpos
))
13495 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
13497 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
13498 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
13499 front of the window start. */
13500 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
13503 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
13504 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
13505 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
13506 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
13507 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, r0
->start
.pos
)
13508 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
13509 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
13510 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
13512 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
13513 can have been added/removed after it. */
13515 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
13516 w
->window_end_bytepos
13517 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
13519 /* Set the cursor. */
13520 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
13522 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13529 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
13531 The condition used to read
13533 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
13535 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
13536 if (CHARPOS (start
) >= first_changed_charpos
13537 && CHARPOS (start
) <= last_changed_charpos
)
13540 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
13541 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
13542 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
13544 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
13545 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, row
->start
.pos
))
13548 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
13549 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
13550 row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
13551 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
13554 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
13555 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
13556 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
13557 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
13558 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
13559 first line of window. */
13560 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
= find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
);
13561 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
13563 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
13564 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
13565 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
13566 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
13567 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
13568 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
)
13569 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
)
13570 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
13572 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
))
13575 if (init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_unchanged_at_beg_row
) == 0)
13577 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13579 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
13580 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
13581 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
13582 it
.vpos
= 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
,
13584 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
13585 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
13587 xassert (it
.hpos
== 0 && it
.current_x
== 0);
13591 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
13592 Start displaying in the first text line. */
13593 start_display (&it
, w
, start
);
13594 it
.vpos
= it
.first_vpos
;
13595 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13598 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
13599 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
13600 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
13601 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
13602 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
13604 first_unchanged_at_end_row
13605 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, &delta
, &delta_bytes
);
13606 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta
= delta
);
13607 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes
= delta_bytes
);
13609 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
13610 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
13611 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
13612 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
13613 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
13615 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13617 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
13618 || first_unchanged_at_end_row
>= last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
13620 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
13621 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
13622 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
13623 not displaying text. */
13624 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13625 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13626 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13627 < it
.last_visible_y
))
13628 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
13630 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13631 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13632 >= it
.last_visible_y
))
13633 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
13636 stop_pos
= (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13638 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
13639 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, current_matrix
);
13640 xassert (stop_pos
>= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
);
13643 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
)
13649 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
13650 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
13651 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
13652 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
13653 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
));
13655 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
13656 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
13657 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
, current_matrix
)
13659 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
13661 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
13664 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
13665 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
13666 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
13667 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
13668 last_text_row
= NULL
;
13669 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
13670 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
13671 && !fonts_changed_p
13672 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
13673 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) < stop_pos
))
13675 if (display_line (&it
))
13676 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
13679 if (fonts_changed_p
)
13683 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
13684 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
13686 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
13687 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
13688 bottom of the window. */
13689 && it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
13692 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
,
13694 dy
= it
.current_y
- first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
13695 run
.current_y
= first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
13696 run
.desired_y
= run
.current_y
+ dy
;
13697 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- max (run
.current_y
, run
.desired_y
);
13701 delta
= dvpos
= dy
= run
.current_y
= run
.desired_y
= run
.height
= 0;
13702 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
13704 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos
= dvpos
; debug_dy
= dy
);
13707 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
13708 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
13709 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
13710 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
13711 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
13712 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
13713 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
13714 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
13715 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
13717 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
13718 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start_pos
)
13719 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
13721 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
,
13722 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
13723 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
+ 1, 0);
13725 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13728 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
13729 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13731 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
- delta
,
13732 first_unchanged_at_end_row
, NULL
, 0);
13734 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, delta
,
13735 delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
);
13738 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
13739 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
13741 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13746 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
13748 int this_scroll_margin
, cursor_height
;
13750 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
13751 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
13752 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
.f
);
13753 cursor_height
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->height
;
13755 if ((w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
13756 && CHARPOS (start
) > BEGV
)
13757 /* Old redisplay didn't take scroll margin into account at the bottom,
13758 but then global-hl-line-mode doesn't scroll. KFS 2004-06-14 */
13759 || (w
->cursor
.y
+ (make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
13760 ? cursor_height
+ this_scroll_margin
13761 : 1)) > it
.last_visible_y
)
13763 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
13764 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13769 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
13770 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
13772 if (dy
&& run
.height
)
13776 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
13778 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
13779 rif
->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
13780 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
13781 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
13785 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
13786 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
13787 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
13788 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
13789 int from
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
13790 int end
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
)
13791 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0)
13792 + window_internal_height (w
));
13794 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
13797 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
13798 window down dvpos lines. */
13799 set_terminal_window (end
);
13801 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
13802 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
13803 if (!scroll_region_ok
)
13804 ins_del_lines (end
- dvpos
, -dvpos
);
13806 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
13807 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
13808 ins_del_lines (from
, dvpos
);
13810 else if (dvpos
< 0)
13812 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
13813 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
13814 set_terminal_window (end
);
13816 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
13817 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
13818 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
13820 ins_del_lines (from
+ dvpos
, dvpos
);
13822 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
13824 if (!scroll_region_ok
)
13825 ins_del_lines (end
+ dvpos
, -dvpos
);
13828 set_terminal_window (0);
13834 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
13835 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
13837 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
13838 bottom_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, current_matrix
);
13841 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
13842 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
13843 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, bottom_vpos
+ dvpos
,
13846 else if (dvpos
> 0)
13848 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
13849 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
13850 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
13851 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
, 0);
13854 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
13855 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
13856 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
13857 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
);
13859 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
13861 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix
,
13862 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
13863 bottom_vpos
, delta
, delta_bytes
);
13865 /* Adjust Y positions. */
13867 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, current_matrix
,
13868 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
13871 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
13873 first_unchanged_at_end_row
+= dvpos
;
13874 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
>= it
.last_visible_y
13875 || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
))
13876 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
13879 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
13881 last_text_row_at_end
= NULL
;
13884 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
13885 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
13886 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
13887 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
13888 the matrix by dvpos. */
13889 int last_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) + dvpos
;
13890 struct glyph_row
*last_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, last_vpos
);
13892 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
13893 xassert (last_row
->displays_text_p
);
13895 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
13896 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
13897 line following it. */
13898 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
) - dy
>= it
.last_visible_y
)
13900 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, last_row
);
13901 it
.vpos
= last_vpos
;
13902 it
.current_y
= last_row
->y
;
13906 init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_row
);
13907 it
.vpos
= 1 + last_vpos
;
13908 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
);
13912 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
13913 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
13914 it
.continuation_lines_width
= last_row
->continuation_lines_width
;
13915 it
.hpos
= it
.current_x
= 0;
13917 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
13918 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
13919 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
13920 && !fonts_changed_p
)
13922 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
13923 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
13924 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
13925 enabled_p flag to zero. */
13926 MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, it
.vpos
)->enabled_p
= 0;
13927 if (display_line (&it
))
13928 last_text_row_at_end
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
13932 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
13933 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
13934 && !last_text_row_at_end
)
13936 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
13937 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
13938 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
13940 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->displays_text_p
);
13941 row
= find_last_row_displaying_text (w
->current_matrix
, &it
,
13942 first_unchanged_at_end_row
);
13943 xassert (row
&& MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
));
13945 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
13946 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
13948 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
));
13949 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
13950 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "A"));
13952 else if (last_text_row_at_end
)
13955 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end
));
13956 w
->window_end_bytepos
13957 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end
);
13959 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end
, desired_matrix
));
13960 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
13961 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "B"));
13963 else if (last_text_row
)
13965 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
13966 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
13967 in the desired matrix. */
13969 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
13970 w
->window_end_bytepos
13971 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
13973 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, desired_matrix
));
13974 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
13976 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
13977 && last_text_row
== NULL
13978 && last_text_row_at_end
== NULL
)
13980 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
13981 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
13982 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
13983 int vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
);
13984 struct glyph_row
*current_row
= current_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
13985 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
= desired_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
13988 row
== NULL
&& vpos
>= first_vpos
;
13989 --vpos
, --current_row
, --desired_row
)
13991 if (desired_row
->enabled_p
)
13993 if (desired_row
->displays_text_p
)
13996 else if (current_row
->displays_text_p
)
14000 xassert (row
!= NULL
);
14001 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (vpos
+ 1);
14002 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
14003 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
14004 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
14005 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "C"));
14010 #if 0 /* This leads to problems, for instance when the cursor is
14011 at ZV, and the cursor line displays no text. */
14012 /* Disable rows below what's displayed in the window. This makes
14013 debugging easier. */
14014 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
,
14015 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) + 1,
14019 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
14020 debug_end_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
14022 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
14023 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14024 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
14032 /***********************************************************************
14033 More debugging support
14034 ***********************************************************************/
14038 void dump_glyph_row
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*, int, int));
14039 void dump_glyph_matrix
P_ ((struct glyph_matrix
*, int));
14040 void dump_glyph
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*, struct glyph
*, int));
14043 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
14045 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
14046 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
14047 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
14050 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix
, glyphs
)
14051 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
14055 for (i
= 0; i
< matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
14056 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, i
), i
, glyphs
);
14060 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
14061 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
14064 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
)
14065 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14066 struct glyph
*glyph
;
14069 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
14072 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
14073 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
14076 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
14078 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
14081 glyph
->pixel_width
,
14083 (glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' '
14087 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
14088 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
14090 else if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
14093 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
14094 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
14097 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
14099 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
14102 glyph
->pixel_width
,
14106 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
14107 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
14109 else if (glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
14112 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
14113 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
14116 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
14118 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
14121 glyph
->pixel_width
,
14125 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
14126 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
14131 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
14132 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
14133 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
14134 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
14137 dump_glyph_row (row
, vpos
, glyphs
)
14138 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14143 fprintf (stderr
, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
14144 fprintf (stderr
, "=======================================================================\n");
14146 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
14147 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
14149 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
14150 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
),
14151 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
14152 row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
,
14154 row
->truncated_on_left_p
,
14155 row
->truncated_on_right_p
,
14156 row
->overlay_arrow_p
,
14158 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
),
14159 row
->displays_text_p
,
14162 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
,
14163 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
,
14169 row
->visible_height
,
14172 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row
->start
.overlay_string_index
,
14173 row
->end
.overlay_string_index
,
14174 row
->continuation_lines_width
);
14175 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n",
14176 CHARPOS (row
->start
.string_pos
),
14177 CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
));
14178 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n", row
->start
.dpvec_index
,
14179 row
->end
.dpvec_index
);
14186 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
14188 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
14189 struct glyph
*glyph_end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[area
];
14191 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
14192 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& glyph
== glyph_end
&& glyph
->charpos
> 0)
14195 if (glyph
< glyph_end
)
14196 fprintf (stderr
, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
14198 for (; glyph
< glyph_end
; ++glyph
)
14199 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
);
14202 else if (glyphs
== 1)
14206 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
14208 char *s
= (char *) alloca (row
->used
[area
] + 1);
14211 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
14213 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + i
;
14214 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
14215 && glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80
14216 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' ')
14217 s
[i
] = glyph
->u
.ch
;
14223 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos
, row
->enabled_p
, s
);
14229 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix
,
14230 Sdump_glyph_matrix
, 0, 1, "p",
14231 doc
: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
14232 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
14233 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
14234 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
14236 Lisp_Object glyphs
;
14238 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
14239 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
14241 fprintf (stderr
, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
14242 BUF_PT (buffer
), BUF_BEGV (buffer
), BUF_ZV (buffer
));
14243 fprintf (stderr
, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
14244 w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
, w
->cursor
.hpos
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
14245 fprintf (stderr
, "=============================================\n");
14246 dump_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
14247 NILP (glyphs
) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs
));
14252 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix
,
14253 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
, 0, 0, "", doc
: /* */)
14256 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
14257 dump_glyph_matrix (f
->current_matrix
, 1);
14262 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row
, Sdump_glyph_row
, 1, 2, "",
14263 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
14264 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
14265 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
14266 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
14268 Lisp_Object row
, glyphs
;
14270 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
14273 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
14274 matrix
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)->current_matrix
;
14276 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< matrix
->nrows
)
14277 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, vpos
),
14279 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
14284 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row
, Sdump_tool_bar_row
, 1, 2, "",
14285 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
14286 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
14287 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
14288 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
14290 Lisp_Object row
, glyphs
;
14292 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
14293 struct glyph_matrix
*m
= XWINDOW (sf
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
;
14296 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
14298 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< m
->nrows
)
14299 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m
, vpos
), vpos
,
14300 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
14305 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay
, Strace_redisplay
, 0, 1, "P",
14306 doc
: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
14307 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
14312 trace_redisplay_p
= !trace_redisplay_p
;
14315 arg
= Fprefix_numeric_value (arg
);
14316 trace_redisplay_p
= XINT (arg
) > 0;
14323 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr
, Strace_to_stderr
, 1, MANY
, "",
14324 doc
: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr.
14325 usage: (trace-to-stderr STRING &rest OBJECTS) */)
14330 Lisp_Object s
= Fformat (nargs
, args
);
14331 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", SDATA (s
));
14335 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
14339 /***********************************************************************
14340 Building Desired Matrix Rows
14341 ***********************************************************************/
14343 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay arrow.
14344 Used for non-window-redisplay windows, and for windows w/o left fringe. */
14346 static struct glyph_row
*
14347 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w
, overlay_arrow_string
)
14349 Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
;
14351 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
14352 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
14353 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
14354 const unsigned char *arrow_string
= SDATA (overlay_arrow_string
);
14355 int arrow_len
= SCHARS (overlay_arrow_string
);
14356 const unsigned char *arrow_end
= arrow_string
+ arrow_len
;
14357 const unsigned char *p
;
14360 int n_glyphs_before
;
14362 set_buffer_temp (buffer
);
14363 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
14364 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
14365 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, 0, 0);
14367 multibyte_p
= !NILP (buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
14369 while (p
< arrow_end
)
14371 Lisp_Object face
, ilisp
;
14373 /* Get the next character. */
14375 it
.c
= string_char_and_length (p
, arrow_len
, &it
.len
);
14377 it
.c
= *p
, it
.len
= 1;
14380 /* Get its face. */
14381 ilisp
= make_number (p
- arrow_string
);
14382 face
= Fget_text_property (ilisp
, Qface
, overlay_arrow_string
);
14383 it
.face_id
= compute_char_face (f
, it
.c
, face
);
14385 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
14386 n_glyphs_before
= it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14387 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, -1, -1);
14388 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it
);
14390 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
14391 to remove some glyphs. */
14392 if (it
.current_x
> it
.last_visible_x
)
14394 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
14399 set_buffer_temp (old
);
14400 return it
.glyph_row
;
14404 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
14405 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
14406 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
14407 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
14408 produce_special_glyphs. */
14411 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
)
14414 struct it truncate_it
;
14415 struct glyph
*from
, *end
, *to
, *toend
;
14417 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
));
14419 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
14421 truncate_it
.current_x
= 0;
14422 truncate_it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
14423 truncate_it
.glyph_row
= &scratch_glyph_row
;
14424 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
14425 CHARPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = -1;
14426 truncate_it
.object
= make_number (0);
14427 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
14429 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
14430 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
14431 end
= from
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14432 to
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
14433 toend
= to
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14438 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
14439 while (to
< toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to
))
14441 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
14447 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = to
- it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
14451 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
14453 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
14454 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
14455 structure. This is not the case if
14457 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
14458 and max_height will be zero.
14460 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
14461 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
14462 pixmap extensions).
14464 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
14465 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
14466 must not be zero. */
14469 compute_line_metrics (it
)
14472 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
14475 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
14477 int i
, min_y
, max_y
;
14479 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
14480 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
14482 if (row
->height
== 0)
14484 if (it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
== 0)
14485 it
->max_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
);
14486 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
14487 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
14488 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
14489 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
14490 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
14493 /* Compute the width of this line. */
14494 row
->pixel_width
= row
->x
;
14495 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; ++i
)
14496 row
->pixel_width
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
14498 xassert (row
->pixel_width
>= 0);
14499 xassert (row
->ascent
>= 0 && row
->height
> 0);
14501 row
->overlapping_p
= (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
)
14502 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
));
14504 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
14505 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
14506 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
14507 if (row
== MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
14508 && row
->phys_ascent
> row
->ascent
)
14510 row
->height
+= row
->phys_ascent
- row
->ascent
;
14511 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
14514 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
14515 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
14517 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->w
);
14518 max_y
= WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
);
14520 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
14521 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
14522 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
14523 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
14527 row
->pixel_width
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14528 if (row
->continued_p
)
14529 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
14530 else if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
14531 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
14532 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
14533 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= row
->visible_height
= 1;
14534 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
14537 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
14539 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
14540 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
14541 row
->hash
= ((((row
->hash
<< 4) + (row
->hash
>> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
14542 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].u
.val
14543 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].face_id
14544 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].padding_p
14545 + (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].type
<< 2));
14547 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
14548 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
14552 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
14553 window-based redisplay. The space has the same face as
14554 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
14556 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
14557 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
14558 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
14559 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
14561 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
14562 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
14565 append_space_for_newline (it
, default_face_p
)
14567 int default_face_p
;
14569 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
14571 int n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14573 if (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
14574 < it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
14576 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
14577 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
14578 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
14579 append_space_for_newline has been called. */
14580 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
14581 int saved_c
= it
->c
, saved_len
= it
->len
;
14582 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
14583 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
14584 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
14585 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
14588 saved_object
= it
->object
;
14589 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
14591 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
14592 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
14593 it
->object
= make_number (0);
14597 if (default_face_p
)
14598 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
14599 else if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
14600 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
14601 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
14602 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, 0);
14604 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
14606 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
14607 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 0;
14608 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
14609 it
->object
= saved_object
;
14610 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
14611 it
->what
= saved_what
;
14612 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
14613 it
->len
= saved_len
;
14623 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
14624 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
14625 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
14626 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
14629 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
)
14633 struct frame
*f
= it
->f
;
14635 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
14636 if (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
14639 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
14640 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
14641 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
14642 if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
14643 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->saved_face_id
);
14645 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->face_id
);
14647 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14648 && face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
14649 && face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
14653 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
14654 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
14655 it
->glyph_row
->fill_line_p
= 1;
14657 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
14658 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
14659 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
14660 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
14661 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
))
14663 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, 0);
14666 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
14668 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
14669 so that we know which face to draw. */
14670 if (it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
14672 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0] = space_glyph
;
14673 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0].face_id
= it
->face_id
;
14674 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 1;
14679 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
14680 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
14681 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
14682 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
14683 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
14684 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
14686 saved_object
= it
->object
;
14687 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
14689 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
14690 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
14691 it
->object
= make_number (0);
14694 it
->face_id
= face
->id
;
14696 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
14698 while (it
->current_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
)
14699 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
14701 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
14702 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
14703 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
14704 it
->object
= saved_object
;
14705 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
14706 it
->what
= saved_what
;
14707 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
14712 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
14713 trailing whitespace. */
14716 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos
)
14719 int bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
14722 while (bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
14723 && (c
= FETCH_CHAR (bytepos
),
14724 c
== ' ' || c
== '\t'))
14727 if (bytepos
>= ZV_BYTE
|| c
== '\n' || c
== '\r')
14729 if (bytepos
!= PT_BYTE
)
14736 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
14739 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f
, row
)
14741 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14743 int used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14747 struct glyph
*start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
14748 struct glyph
*glyph
= start
+ used
- 1;
14750 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
14751 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
14752 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
14753 and continuation glyphs. */
14754 while (glyph
>= start
14755 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
14756 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
14759 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
14760 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
14761 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
14763 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
14764 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
14765 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
14766 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' '))
14767 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph
->charpos
))
14769 int face_id
= lookup_named_face (f
, Qtrailing_whitespace
, 0, 0);
14773 while (glyph
>= start
14774 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
14775 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
14776 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
14777 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' ')))
14778 (glyph
--)->face_id
= face_id
;
14784 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
14785 used to hold the cursor. */
14788 cursor_row_p (w
, row
)
14790 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14792 int cursor_row_p
= 1;
14794 if (PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
14796 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
14797 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
14799 if (CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
) >= 0)
14800 cursor_row_p
= row
->continued_p
;
14801 else if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
14803 /* If the row ends in middle of a real character,
14804 and the line is continued, we want the cursor here.
14805 That's because MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS would equal
14806 PT if PT is before the character. */
14807 if (!row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
)
14808 cursor_row_p
= row
->continued_p
;
14810 /* If the row ends in an ellipsis, then
14811 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS will equal point after the invisible text.
14812 We want that position to be displayed after the ellipsis. */
14815 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
14816 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
14817 else if (row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
14823 return cursor_row_p
;
14827 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
14828 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
14829 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
14830 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
14837 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
14838 int overlay_arrow_bitmap
;
14839 Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
;
14841 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
14842 xassert (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->current_x
== 0);
14844 if (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
14845 >= it
->w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
14847 it
->w
->nrows_scale_factor
++;
14848 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
14852 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
14853 it
->w
->region_showing
= it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0 ? Qt
: Qnil
;
14855 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
14856 prepare_desired_row (row
);
14858 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
14859 row
->start
= it
->start
;
14860 row
->continuation_lines_width
= it
->continuation_lines_width
;
14861 row
->displays_text_p
= 1;
14862 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
;
14863 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 0;
14865 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
14866 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
14867 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
14868 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
14869 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
14870 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
14872 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
14873 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
14874 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
14875 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
14877 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, ZV
, it
->first_visible_x
,
14878 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
14881 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
14882 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
14883 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
14884 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
14885 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
14886 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
14887 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
14889 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
14890 character to display. */
14893 int n_glyphs_before
, hpos_before
, x_before
;
14895 int ascent
= 0, descent
= 0, phys_ascent
= 0, phys_descent
= 0;
14897 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
14899 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
14901 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
14902 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
14903 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
14905 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14906 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
14907 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
14909 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14910 if ((append_space_for_newline (it
, 1) && row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 1)
14911 || row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
14913 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= -1;
14914 row
->displays_text_p
= 0;
14916 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it
->w
->buffer
)->indicate_empty_lines
)
14917 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it
->w
)
14918 || (minibuf_level
&& EQ (it
->window
, minibuf_window
))))
14919 row
->indicate_empty_line_p
= 1;
14922 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
14923 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
14927 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
14928 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
14929 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
14932 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
14933 fit on the line. */
14934 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
)
14936 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
14937 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
14938 phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
14939 phys_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
;
14942 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
14944 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
14946 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
14948 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
14949 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
14950 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
14951 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
14952 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
14953 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
14954 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
14955 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
14959 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
14960 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
14961 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
14962 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
14963 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
14964 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
14965 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
14966 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
14967 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
14968 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
14969 hpos_before
= it
->hpos
;
14972 if (/* Not a newline. */
14974 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
14975 && it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
)
14977 it
->hpos
+= nglyphs
;
14978 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
14979 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
14980 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
14981 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
14982 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
14983 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
14984 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
14985 if (it
->current_x
- it
->pixel_width
< it
->first_visible_x
)
14986 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
14991 struct glyph
*glyph
;
14993 for (i
= 0; i
< nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
14995 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
14996 new_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
14998 if (/* Lines are continued. */
14999 !it
->truncate_lines_p
15000 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
15001 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
15002 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
15003 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
15004 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
15006 /* End of a continued line. */
15009 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
15010 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
15012 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
15013 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
15014 the line because we can't draw the cursor
15015 after the glyph. */
15016 row
->continued_p
= 1;
15017 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
15018 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= new_x
;
15020 if (i
== nglyphs
- 1)
15022 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
15023 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15024 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
15026 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
15028 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
15029 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
15030 row
->continued_p
= 0;
15031 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
15033 else if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
15035 row
->continued_p
= 0;
15036 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
15039 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
15042 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
)
15043 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
15045 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
15046 This means the whole character doesn't fit
15048 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
15050 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
15051 glyphs like in 20.x. */
15052 while (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
15053 < row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
15054 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
15056 row
->continued_p
= 1;
15057 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
15058 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x_before
;
15060 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
15061 element not fitting on the line. */
15062 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
15063 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
15064 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
15065 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
15067 else if (it
->c
== '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
15069 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
15070 window. This produces a single glyph on
15071 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
15072 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
15073 consume the TAB. */
15074 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->last_visible_x
;
15075 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
15076 row
->continued_p
= 1;
15077 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->last_visible_x
- x
;
15078 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
15082 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
15083 the right edge of the window. Restore
15084 positions to values before the element. */
15085 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
15087 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
15088 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
15089 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
15090 row
->continued_p
= 1;
15092 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
15094 if (nglyphs
> 1 && i
> 0)
15096 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
15097 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
15100 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
15101 element not fitting on the line. */
15102 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
15103 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
15104 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
15105 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
15110 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
15112 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
15115 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
15116 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
15117 negative X position. */
15118 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
15122 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
15123 window. This should not happen because of the
15124 move_it_in_display_line at the start of this
15125 function, unless the text display area of the
15126 window is empty. */
15127 xassert (it
->first_visible_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
);
15131 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
15132 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
15133 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
15134 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
15135 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
15136 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
15137 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
15139 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
15140 if (row
->continued_p
|| row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
15145 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
15146 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
15147 margin of the window. */
15148 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
15150 int used_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15152 row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
= STRINGP (it
->object
);
15154 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15155 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
15156 display the cursor there. */
15157 if (!IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
15158 append_space_for_newline (it
, 0);
15159 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
15161 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
15162 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
15164 /* Make sure we have the position. */
15165 if (used_before
== 0)
15166 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
15168 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
15169 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
15170 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
15174 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
15175 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
15176 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
15178 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
15179 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
15180 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
15181 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
15182 ? (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
15183 : (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)))
15185 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
15186 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
15190 for (i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; i
> 0; --i
)
15191 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
15194 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
< n
; ++i
)
15196 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = i
;
15197 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
15200 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15203 /* Don't truncate if we can overflow newline into fringe. */
15204 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
15206 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
15208 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
15209 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
15210 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
15213 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
15215 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
15216 goto at_end_of_line
;
15220 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
15222 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
15223 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
15224 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
15225 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n';
15226 it
->hpos
= hpos_before
;
15227 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
15232 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
15233 at the left window margin. */
15234 if (it
->first_visible_x
15235 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
15237 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
15238 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
15239 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
15242 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
15243 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
15244 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
15245 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
15246 if (! overlay_arrow_seen
15247 && (overlay_arrow_string
15248 = overlay_arrow_at_row (it
, row
, &overlay_arrow_bitmap
),
15249 !NILP (overlay_arrow_string
)))
15251 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
15252 if (STRINGP (overlay_arrow_string
))
15254 struct glyph_row
*arrow_row
15255 = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it
->w
, overlay_arrow_string
);
15256 struct glyph
*glyph
= arrow_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
15257 struct glyph
*arrow_end
= glyph
+ arrow_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15258 struct glyph
*p
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
15259 struct glyph
*p2
, *end
;
15261 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
15262 while (glyph
< arrow_end
)
15265 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
15267 end
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15268 while (p2
< end
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2
))
15274 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = p2
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
15279 it
->w
->overlay_arrow_bitmap
= overlay_arrow_bitmap
;
15280 row
->overlay_arrow_p
= 1;
15282 overlay_arrow_seen
= 1;
15285 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
15286 compute_line_metrics (it
);
15288 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
15289 row
->end
= it
->current
;
15291 /* Record whether this row ends inside an ellipsis. */
15292 row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
15293 = (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
15294 && it
->ellipsis_p
);
15296 /* Save fringe bitmaps in this row. */
15297 row
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
;
15298 row
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
;
15299 row
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
;
15300 row
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
;
15302 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
15303 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
15304 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
15305 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
15307 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
15308 if (it
->w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0
15309 && PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
15310 && PT
<= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
15311 && cursor_row_p (it
->w
, row
))
15312 set_cursor_from_row (it
->w
, row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15314 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
15315 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
15316 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it
->f
, it
->glyph_row
);
15318 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
15319 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
15320 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
15322 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
15323 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
15326 it
->start
= it
->current
;
15327 return row
->displays_text_p
;
15332 /***********************************************************************
15334 ***********************************************************************/
15336 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
15338 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
15339 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
15341 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
15342 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
15343 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
15344 for the menu bar. */
15347 display_menu_bar (w
)
15350 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
15355 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
15357 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system
))
15360 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
15365 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f
))
15369 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
15370 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
15371 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
, MENU_FACE_ID
);
15372 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
15373 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
15374 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
15375 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
15377 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
15378 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
15379 struct window
*menu_w
;
15380 xassert (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
));
15381 menu_w
= XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
);
15382 init_iterator (&it
, menu_w
, -1, -1, menu_w
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
15384 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
15385 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
15389 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
15391 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
15393 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
15394 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
15396 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
15398 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
15399 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
15400 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
15402 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
15403 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
); ++i
)
15405 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
.glyph_row
+ i
;
15406 clear_glyph_row (row
);
15407 row
->enabled_p
= 1;
15408 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
15411 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
15412 items
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it
.f
);
15413 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECTOR (items
)->size
; i
+= 4)
15415 Lisp_Object string
;
15417 /* Stop at nil string. */
15418 string
= AREF (items
, i
+ 1);
15422 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
15423 AREF (items
, i
+ 3) = make_number (it
.hpos
);
15425 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
15426 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
15427 display_string (NULL
, string
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
,
15428 SCHARS (string
) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
15431 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
15432 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
15433 display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, -1, 0, 0, -1);
15435 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
15436 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
15441 /***********************************************************************
15443 ***********************************************************************/
15445 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
15446 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
15447 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
15448 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
15451 redisplay_mode_lines (window
, force
)
15452 Lisp_Object window
;
15457 while (!NILP (window
))
15459 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
15461 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
15462 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->hchild
, force
);
15463 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
15464 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->vchild
, force
);
15466 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
15467 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->enabled_p
)
15469 struct text_pos lpoint
;
15470 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
15472 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
15473 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
15474 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
15476 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
15477 other window, set up appropriate value. */
15478 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
15480 struct text_pos pt
;
15482 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt
, w
->pointm
);
15483 if (CHARPOS (pt
) < BEGV
)
15484 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
15485 else if (CHARPOS (pt
) > (ZV
- 1))
15486 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
15488 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt
), BYTEPOS (pt
));
15491 /* Display mode lines. */
15492 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15493 if (display_mode_lines (w
))
15496 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
15499 /* Restore old settings. */
15500 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
15501 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
15511 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
15512 of mode lines displayed. */
15515 display_mode_lines (w
)
15518 Lisp_Object old_selected_window
, old_selected_frame
;
15521 old_selected_frame
= selected_frame
;
15522 selected_frame
= w
->frame
;
15523 old_selected_window
= selected_window
;
15524 XSETWINDOW (selected_window
, w
);
15526 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
15527 line_number_displayed
= 0;
15528 w
->column_number_displayed
= Qnil
;
15530 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
15532 struct window
*sel_w
= XWINDOW (old_selected_window
);
15534 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
15535 display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w
, sel_w
, w
),
15536 current_buffer
->mode_line_format
);
15540 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
15542 display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
15543 current_buffer
->header_line_format
);
15547 selected_frame
= old_selected_frame
;
15548 selected_window
= old_selected_window
;
15553 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
15554 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
15555 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
15556 height of the mode line displayed. */
15559 display_mode_line (w
, face_id
, format
)
15561 enum face_id face_id
;
15562 Lisp_Object format
;
15567 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
15568 prepare_desired_row (it
.glyph_row
);
15570 it
.glyph_row
->mode_line_p
= 1;
15572 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
15573 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
15574 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
15576 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
15577 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
15579 push_frame_kboard (it
.f
);
15580 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
15581 pop_frame_kboard ();
15583 /* Fill up with spaces. */
15584 display_string (" ", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
15586 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
15587 it
.glyph_row
->full_width_p
= 1;
15588 it
.glyph_row
->continued_p
= 0;
15589 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
15590 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
15592 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
15593 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
.f
, face_id
);
15594 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it
);
15595 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
15597 struct glyph
*last
= (it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
15598 + it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1);
15599 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
15602 return it
.glyph_row
->height
;
15605 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
15606 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
15607 Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist
;
15609 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
15610 Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list
;
15612 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
15613 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face
;
15614 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop
;
15617 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
15618 translates into text depends on its data type.
15620 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
15622 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
15623 infinite recursion here.
15625 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
15626 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
15627 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
15628 display_string for details.
15630 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
15632 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
15634 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
15635 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
15637 If the global variable `frame_title_ptr' is non-NULL, then the output
15638 is passed to `store_frame_title' instead of `display_string'. */
15641 display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
, precision
, elt
, props
, risky
)
15644 int field_width
, precision
;
15645 Lisp_Object elt
, props
;
15648 int n
= 0, field
, prec
;
15653 elt
= build_string ("*too-deep*");
15657 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt
)))
15661 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
15663 const unsigned char *this, *lisp_string
;
15665 if (!NILP (props
) || risky
)
15667 Lisp_Object oprops
, aelt
;
15668 oprops
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt
);
15670 /* If the starting string's properties are not what
15671 we want, translate the string. Also, if the string
15672 is risky, do that anyway. */
15674 if (NILP (Fequal (props
, oprops
)) || risky
)
15676 /* If the starting string has properties,
15677 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
15678 if (! NILP (oprops
) && !risky
)
15682 oprops
= Fcopy_sequence (oprops
);
15684 while (CONSP (tem
))
15686 oprops
= Fplist_put (oprops
, XCAR (tem
),
15687 XCAR (XCDR (tem
)));
15688 tem
= XCDR (XCDR (tem
));
15693 aelt
= Fassoc (elt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
15694 if (! NILP (aelt
) && !NILP (Fequal (props
, XCDR (aelt
))))
15696 mode_line_proptrans_alist
15697 = Fcons (aelt
, Fdelq (aelt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
));
15704 elt
= Fcopy_sequence (elt
);
15705 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt
),
15707 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
15708 mode_line_proptrans_alist
15709 = Fcons (Fcons (elt
, props
),
15710 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
15711 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
15712 to at most 50 elements. */
15713 tem
= Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
15714 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
15716 XSETCDR (tem
, Qnil
);
15721 this = SDATA (elt
);
15722 lisp_string
= this;
15726 prec
= precision
- n
;
15727 if (frame_title_ptr
)
15728 n
+= store_frame_title (SDATA (elt
), -1, prec
);
15729 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list
))
15730 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, elt
, 1, 0, prec
, Qnil
);
15732 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
,
15733 0, prec
, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
15738 while ((precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
)
15740 && (frame_title_ptr
15741 || !NILP (mode_line_string_list
)
15742 || it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
))
15744 const unsigned char *last
= this;
15746 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
15747 while ((c
= *this++) != '\0' && c
!= '%')
15750 if (this - 1 != last
)
15752 int nchars
, nbytes
;
15754 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
15755 is length of string. Don't output more than
15756 PRECISION allows us. */
15759 prec
= c_string_width (last
, this - last
, precision
- n
,
15762 if (frame_title_ptr
)
15763 n
+= store_frame_title (last
, 0, prec
);
15764 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list
))
15766 int bytepos
= last
- lisp_string
;
15767 int charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
15768 int endpos
= (precision
<= 0
15769 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
,
15770 this - lisp_string
)
15771 : charpos
+ nchars
);
15773 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
,
15774 Fsubstring (elt
, make_number (charpos
),
15775 make_number (endpos
)),
15780 int bytepos
= last
- lisp_string
;
15781 int charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
15782 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, charpos
,
15784 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
15787 else /* c == '%' */
15789 const unsigned char *percent_position
= this;
15791 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
15794 while ((c
= *this++) >= '0' && c
<= '9')
15795 field
= field
* 10 + c
- '0';
15797 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
15798 if (field_width
- n
> 0 && field
> field_width
- n
)
15799 field
= field_width
- n
;
15801 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
15802 prec
= precision
- n
;
15805 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field
, prec
,
15806 Vglobal_mode_string
, props
,
15811 int bytepos
, charpos
;
15812 unsigned char *spec
;
15814 bytepos
= percent_position
- lisp_string
;
15815 charpos
= (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
)
15816 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
)
15820 = decode_mode_spec (it
->w
, c
, field
, prec
, &multibyte
);
15822 if (frame_title_ptr
)
15823 n
+= store_frame_title (spec
, field
, prec
);
15824 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list
))
15826 int len
= strlen (spec
);
15827 Lisp_Object tem
= make_string (spec
, len
);
15828 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos
), elt
);
15829 /* Should only keep face property in props */
15830 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, tem
, 0, field
, prec
, props
);
15834 int nglyphs_before
, nwritten
;
15836 nglyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15837 nwritten
= display_string (spec
, Qnil
, elt
,
15842 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
15843 string where the `%x' came from, position
15847 struct glyph
*glyph
15848 = (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
15852 for (i
= 0; i
< nwritten
; ++i
)
15854 glyph
[i
].object
= elt
;
15855 glyph
[i
].charpos
= charpos
;
15870 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
15871 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
15872 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
15875 register Lisp_Object tem
;
15877 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
15878 then its contents are risky to use. */
15879 if (NILP (Fget (elt
, Qrisky_local_variable
)))
15882 tem
= Fboundp (elt
);
15885 tem
= Fsymbol_value (elt
);
15886 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
15887 don't check for % within it. */
15891 if (!EQ (tem
, elt
))
15893 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
15903 register Lisp_Object car
, tem
;
15905 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
15906 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
15907 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
15908 and effectively concatenate them.
15909 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
15910 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
15911 to at least that many characters.
15912 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
15913 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
15915 if (EQ (car
, QCeval
))
15917 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
15918 and use the result as mode line elements. */
15923 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
15926 spec
= safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt
)));
15927 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
15928 precision
- n
, spec
, props
,
15932 else if (EQ (car
, QCpropertize
))
15934 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
15935 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
15940 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
15941 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
15942 precision
- n
, XCAR (XCDR (elt
)),
15943 XCDR (XCDR (elt
)), risky
);
15945 else if (SYMBOLP (car
))
15947 tem
= Fboundp (car
);
15951 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
15952 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
15955 tem
= Fsymbol_value (car
);
15962 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
15963 Get the cddr of the original list
15964 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
15968 else if (!CONSP (elt
))
15973 else if (INTEGERP (car
))
15975 register int lim
= XINT (car
);
15979 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
15980 if (precision
<= 0)
15983 precision
= min (precision
, -lim
);
15987 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
15988 current maximum. */
15990 lim
= min (precision
, lim
);
15992 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
15993 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
15994 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
15995 field_width
= max (lim
, field_width
);
15999 else if (STRINGP (car
) || CONSP (car
))
16001 register int limit
= 50;
16002 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
16005 && (precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
))
16007 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
16008 precision
- n
, XCAR (elt
),
16018 elt
= build_string ("*invalid*");
16022 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
16023 if (field_width
> 0 && n
< field_width
)
16025 if (frame_title_ptr
)
16026 n
+= store_frame_title ("", field_width
- n
, 0);
16027 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list
))
16028 n
+= store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil
, 0, field_width
- n
, 0, Qnil
);
16030 n
+= display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
, field_width
- n
,
16037 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
16039 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
16040 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
16042 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
16043 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
16044 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
16046 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
16047 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
16049 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
16050 properties to the string.
16052 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
16053 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
16057 store_mode_line_string (string
, lisp_string
, copy_string
, field_width
, precision
, props
)
16059 Lisp_Object lisp_string
;
16068 if (string
!= NULL
)
16070 len
= strlen (string
);
16071 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
16073 lisp_string
= make_string (string
, len
);
16075 props
= mode_line_string_face_prop
;
16076 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
16078 Lisp_Object face
= Fsafe_plist_get (props
, Qface
);
16079 props
= Fcopy_sequence (props
);
16081 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
16083 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
16084 props
= Fplist_put (props
, Qface
, face
);
16086 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
16087 props
, lisp_string
);
16091 len
= XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string
));
16092 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
16095 lisp_string
= Fsubstring (lisp_string
, make_number (0), make_number (len
));
16098 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
16102 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string
);
16103 face
= Fsafe_plist_get (props
, Qface
);
16105 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
16107 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
16108 props
= Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
));
16110 lisp_string
= Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string
);
16113 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
16114 props
, lisp_string
);
16119 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
16123 if (field_width
> len
)
16125 field_width
-= len
;
16126 lisp_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (field_width
), make_number (' '));
16128 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width
),
16129 props
, lisp_string
);
16130 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
16138 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line
, Sformat_mode_line
,
16140 doc
: /* Format a string out of a mode line format specification.
16141 First arg FORMAT specifies the mode line format (see `mode-line-format'
16142 for details) to use.
16144 Optional second arg FACE specifies the face property to put
16145 on all characters for which no face is specified.
16146 t means whatever face the window's mode line currently uses
16147 \(either `mode-line' or `mode-line-inactive', depending).
16148 nil means the default is no face property.
16149 If FACE is an integer, the value string has no text properties.
16151 Optional third and fourth args WINDOW and BUFFER specify the window
16152 and buffer to use as the context for the formatting (defaults
16153 are the selected window and the window's buffer). */)
16154 (format
, face
, window
, buffer
)
16155 Lisp_Object format
, face
, window
, buffer
;
16160 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
16162 int no_props
= INTEGERP (face
);
16165 window
= selected_window
;
16166 CHECK_WINDOW (window
);
16167 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
16170 buffer
= w
->buffer
;
16171 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer
);
16174 return build_string ("");
16182 face
= (EQ (window
, selected_window
) ? Qmode_line
: Qmode_line_inactive
);
16183 face_id
= lookup_named_face (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)), face
, 0, 0);
16187 face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16189 if (XBUFFER (buffer
) != current_buffer
)
16191 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
16192 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
16195 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
16199 mode_line_string_face
= face
;
16200 mode_line_string_face_prop
16201 = (NILP (face
) ? Qnil
: Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
)));
16203 /* We need a dummy last element in mode_line_string_list to
16204 indicate we are building the propertized mode-line string.
16205 Using mode_line_string_face_prop here GC protects it. */
16206 mode_line_string_list
16207 = Fcons (mode_line_string_face_prop
, Qnil
);
16208 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
16212 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
16213 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
16214 frame_title_ptr
= frame_title_buf
;
16217 push_frame_kboard (it
.f
);
16218 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
16219 pop_frame_kboard ();
16222 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
16227 mode_line_string_list
= Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list
);
16228 str
= Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), XCDR (mode_line_string_list
),
16229 make_string ("", 0));
16230 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
16231 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
16235 len
= frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
;
16236 if (len
> 0 && frame_title_ptr
[-1] == '-')
16238 /* Mode lines typically ends with numerous dashes; reduce to two dashes. */
16239 while (frame_title_ptr
> frame_title_buf
&& *--frame_title_ptr
== '-')
16241 frame_title_ptr
+= 3; /* restore last non-dash + two dashes */
16242 if (len
> frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
)
16243 len
= frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
;
16246 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
16247 return make_string (frame_title_buf
, len
);
16250 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
16251 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
16254 pint2str (buf
, width
, d
)
16255 register char *buf
;
16256 register int width
;
16259 register char *p
= buf
;
16267 *p
++ = d
% 10 + '0';
16272 for (width
-= (int) (p
- buf
); width
> 0; --width
)
16283 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal and "human
16284 readable" representation of the nonnegative integer D to BUF using
16285 a minimal field width WIDTH. D should be smaller than 999.5e24. */
16287 static const char power_letter
[] =
16301 pint2hrstr (buf
, width
, d
)
16306 /* We aim to represent the nonnegative integer D as
16307 QUOTIENT.TENTHS * 10 ^ (3 * EXPONENT). */
16310 /* -1 means: do not use TENTHS. */
16314 /* Length of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
16320 if (1000 <= quotient
)
16322 /* Scale to the appropriate EXPONENT. */
16325 remainder
= quotient
% 1000;
16329 while (1000 <= quotient
);
16331 /* Round to nearest and decide whether to use TENTHS or not. */
16334 tenths
= remainder
/ 100;
16335 if (50 <= remainder
% 100)
16342 if (quotient
== 10)
16350 if (500 <= remainder
)
16352 if (quotient
< 999)
16363 /* Calculate the LENGTH of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
16364 if (tenths
== -1 && quotient
<= 99)
16371 p
= psuffix
= buf
+ max (width
, length
);
16373 /* Print EXPONENT. */
16375 *psuffix
++ = power_letter
[exponent
];
16378 /* Print TENTHS. */
16381 *--p
= '0' + tenths
;
16385 /* Print QUOTIENT. */
16388 int digit
= quotient
% 10;
16389 *--p
= '0' + digit
;
16391 while ((quotient
/= 10) != 0);
16393 /* Print leading spaces. */
16398 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
16399 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
16400 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
16402 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type
[] = "(*invalid*)";
16405 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system
, buf
, eol_flag
)
16406 Lisp_Object coding_system
;
16407 register char *buf
;
16411 int multibyte
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
16412 const unsigned char *eol_str
;
16414 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
16415 Lisp_Object eoltype
;
16417 val
= Fget (coding_system
, Qcoding_system
);
16420 if (!VECTORP (val
)) /* Not yet decided. */
16425 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
16426 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
16430 Lisp_Object eolvalue
;
16432 eolvalue
= Fget (coding_system
, Qeol_type
);
16435 *buf
++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val
, 1));
16439 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
16441 if (NILP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
16442 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
16443 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
16444 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
16445 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
16446 eoltype
= (XFASTINT (eolvalue
) == 0
16447 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
16448 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue
) == 1
16449 ? eol_mnemonic_dos
: eol_mnemonic_mac
));
16455 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
16456 if (STRINGP (eoltype
))
16458 eol_str
= SDATA (eoltype
);
16459 eol_str_len
= SBYTES (eoltype
);
16461 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype
)
16462 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype
), 0))
16464 unsigned char *tmp
= (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
);
16465 eol_str_len
= CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype
), tmp
);
16470 eol_str
= invalid_eol_type
;
16471 eol_str_len
= sizeof (invalid_eol_type
) - 1;
16473 bcopy (eol_str
, buf
, eol_str_len
);
16474 buf
+= eol_str_len
;
16480 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
16481 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
16482 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
16483 string returned with spaces to that value. Return 1 in *MULTIBYTE
16484 if the result is multibyte text.
16486 Note we operate on the current buffer for most purposes,
16487 the exception being w->base_line_pos. */
16489 static char lots_of_dashes
[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
16492 decode_mode_spec (w
, c
, field_width
, precision
, multibyte
)
16495 int field_width
, precision
;
16499 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
16500 char *decode_mode_spec_buf
= f
->decode_mode_spec_buffer
;
16501 struct buffer
*b
= current_buffer
;
16509 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
16511 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
16516 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
16517 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
16519 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
16524 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
16525 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
16537 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
16539 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16540 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
16543 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16551 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
16553 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16554 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
16557 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16564 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
16565 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list
))
16567 if (field_width
<= 0
16568 || field_width
> sizeof (lots_of_dashes
))
16570 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
) - 1; ++i
)
16571 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '-';
16572 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '\0';
16573 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16576 return lots_of_dashes
;
16585 int col
= (int) current_column (); /* iftc */
16586 w
->column_number_displayed
= make_number (col
);
16587 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, col
);
16588 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16592 /* %F displays the frame name. */
16593 if (!NILP (f
->title
))
16594 return (char *) SDATA (f
->title
);
16595 if (f
->explicit_name
|| ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
16596 return (char *) SDATA (f
->name
);
16605 int size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
16606 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
16607 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16612 int size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
16613 pint2hrstr (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
16614 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16619 int startpos
= XMARKER (w
->start
)->charpos
;
16620 int startpos_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->start
);
16621 int line
, linepos
, linepos_byte
, topline
;
16623 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
16625 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
16626 don't forget that too fast. */
16627 if (EQ (w
->base_line_pos
, w
->buffer
))
16629 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
16630 else if (BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
16631 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
16633 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
16634 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit
)
16635 && BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit
))
16637 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
16638 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
16642 if (!NILP (w
->base_line_number
)
16643 && !NILP (w
->base_line_pos
)
16644 && XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
) <= startpos
)
16646 line
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
);
16647 linepos
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
);
16648 linepos_byte
= buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b
, linepos
);
16653 linepos
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
16654 linepos_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
16657 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
16658 nlines
= display_count_lines (linepos
, linepos_byte
,
16662 topline
= nlines
+ line
;
16664 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
16665 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
16666 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
16667 go back past it. */
16668 if (startpos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
16670 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
);
16671 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BUF_BEGV (b
));
16673 else if (nlines
< height
+ 25 || nlines
> height
* 3 + 50
16674 || linepos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
16676 int limit
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
16677 int limit_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
16679 int distance
= (height
* 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width
;
16681 if (startpos
- distance
> limit
)
16683 limit
= startpos
- distance
;
16684 limit_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
16687 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
16689 - (height
* 2 + 30),
16691 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
16692 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
16693 give up on line numbers for this window. */
16694 if (position
== limit_byte
&& limit
== startpos
- distance
)
16696 w
->base_line_pos
= w
->buffer
;
16697 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
16701 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
- nlines
);
16702 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position
));
16705 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
16706 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
16707 PT_BYTE
, PT
, &junk
);
16709 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
16710 line_number_displayed
= 1;
16712 /* Make the string to show. */
16713 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, topline
+ nlines
);
16714 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16717 char* p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16718 int pad
= field_width
- 2;
16724 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16730 obj
= b
->mode_name
;
16734 if (BUF_BEGV (b
) > BUF_BEG (b
) || BUF_ZV (b
) < BUF_Z (b
))
16740 int pos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
16741 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
16743 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_ZV (b
))
16745 if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
16750 else if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
16754 if (total
> 1000000)
16755 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
16756 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
16758 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
16759 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
16760 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
16763 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
16764 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16768 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
16771 int toppos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
16772 int botpos
= BUF_Z (b
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
16773 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
16775 if (botpos
>= BUF_ZV (b
))
16777 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
16784 if (total
> 1000000)
16785 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
16786 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
16788 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
16789 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
16790 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
16793 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
16794 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "Top%2d%%", total
);
16796 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
16797 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16802 /* status of process */
16803 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
16805 return "no process";
16806 #ifdef subprocesses
16807 obj
= Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj
));
16811 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
16812 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
16813 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b
);
16819 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
16821 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
16823 int eol_flag
= (c
== 'Z');
16824 char *p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16826 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
16828 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
16829 to do EOL conversion. */
16830 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding
.symbol
, p
, 0);
16831 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding
.symbol
, p
, 0);
16833 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (b
->buffer_file_coding_system
,
16836 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
16837 #ifdef subprocesses
16838 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
16839 if (PROCESSP (obj
))
16841 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->decode_coding_system
,
16843 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->encode_coding_system
,
16846 #endif /* subprocesses */
16849 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
16855 *multibyte
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (obj
);
16856 return (char *) SDATA (obj
);
16863 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
16864 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
16865 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
16867 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
16870 display_count_lines (start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
, byte_pos_ptr
)
16871 int start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
;
16874 register unsigned char *cursor
;
16875 unsigned char *base
;
16877 register int ceiling
;
16878 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr
;
16879 int orig_count
= count
;
16881 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
16882 check only for newlines. */
16883 int selective_display
= (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
16884 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
));
16888 while (start_byte
< limit_byte
)
16890 ceiling
= BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte
);
16891 ceiling
= min (limit_byte
- 1, ceiling
);
16892 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) + 1;
16893 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
));
16896 if (selective_display
)
16897 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015 && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
16900 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
16903 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
16907 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
16908 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
16912 if (++cursor
== ceiling_addr
)
16918 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
;
16923 while (start_byte
> limit_byte
)
16925 ceiling
= BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte
- 1);
16926 ceiling
= max (limit_byte
, ceiling
);
16927 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) - 1;
16928 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
- 1) + 1);
16931 if (selective_display
)
16932 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
16933 && *cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015)
16936 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
&& *cursor
!= '\n')
16939 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
16943 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
16944 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
16945 /* When scanning backwards, we should
16946 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
16947 return - orig_count
- 1;
16953 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
16954 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
16955 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
16959 *byte_pos_ptr
= limit_byte
;
16962 return - orig_count
+ count
;
16963 return orig_count
- count
;
16969 /***********************************************************************
16971 ***********************************************************************/
16973 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
16975 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
16976 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
16978 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
16979 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
16980 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
16982 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
16983 standard display table, temporarily.
16985 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
16986 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
16987 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
16988 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
16990 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
16991 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
16993 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
16995 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
16996 ----------------------------------------
17002 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
17003 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
17004 enable_multibyte_characters.
17006 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
17009 display_string (string
, lisp_string
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
17010 start
, it
, field_width
, precision
, max_x
, multibyte
)
17011 unsigned char *string
;
17012 Lisp_Object lisp_string
;
17013 Lisp_Object face_string
;
17014 int face_string_pos
;
17017 int field_width
, precision
, max_x
;
17020 int hpos_at_start
= it
->hpos
;
17021 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
17022 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
17024 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
17025 with index START. */
17026 reseat_to_string (it
, string
, lisp_string
, start
,
17027 precision
, field_width
, multibyte
);
17029 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
17030 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
17031 if (STRINGP (face_string
))
17037 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
17038 0, it
->region_beg_charpos
,
17039 it
->region_end_charpos
,
17040 &endptr
, it
->base_face_id
, 0);
17041 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
17042 it
->face_box_p
= face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
17045 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
17046 beyond the right edge of the window. */
17048 max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
17050 max_x
= min (max_x
, it
->last_visible_x
);
17052 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
17054 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17055 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, 100000, it
->first_visible_x
,
17056 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
17058 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
17059 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
17060 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
17061 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
17062 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
17064 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
17065 past last_visible_x. */
17066 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
17068 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
17070 /* Get the next display element. */
17071 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17074 /* Produce glyphs. */
17075 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
17076 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17077 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17079 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
17082 while (i
< nglyphs
)
17084 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17086 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
17087 && x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
17089 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
17090 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
))
17092 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
17093 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
17094 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17098 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17103 else if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> it
->first_visible_x
)
17105 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
17107 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17108 it
->glyph_row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
17112 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
17113 Should not happen. */
17117 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17118 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17119 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17120 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17121 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17122 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17123 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17124 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
17128 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
17132 /* Stop at line ends. */
17133 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
17135 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17139 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17141 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
17142 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
17143 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
17145 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
17146 truncated at a padding space. */
17147 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->string_nchars
)
17149 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17153 if (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)
17155 for (i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; i
> 0; --i
)
17156 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
17158 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
< n
; ++i
)
17160 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = i
;
17161 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
17164 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
17166 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
17172 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
17173 if (it
->first_visible_x
17174 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
17176 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17177 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
17178 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
17181 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
17183 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
17184 return it
->hpos
- hpos_at_start
;
17189 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
17190 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
17191 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
17192 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
17193 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
17194 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
17195 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
17198 invisible_p (propval
, list
)
17199 register Lisp_Object propval
;
17202 register Lisp_Object tail
, proptail
;
17204 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
17206 register Lisp_Object tem
;
17208 if (EQ (propval
, tem
))
17210 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propval
, XCAR (tem
)))
17211 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
17214 if (CONSP (propval
))
17216 for (proptail
= propval
; CONSP (proptail
); proptail
= XCDR (proptail
))
17218 Lisp_Object propelt
;
17219 propelt
= XCAR (proptail
);
17220 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
17222 register Lisp_Object tem
;
17224 if (EQ (propelt
, tem
))
17226 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propelt
, XCAR (tem
)))
17227 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
17235 /* Calculate a width or height in pixels from a specification using
17236 the following elements:
17239 NUM - a (fractional) multiple of the default font width/height
17240 (NUM) - specifies exactly NUM pixels
17241 UNIT - a fixed number of pixels, see below.
17242 ELEMENT - size of a display element in pixels, see below.
17243 (NUM . SPEC) - equals NUM * SPEC
17244 (+ SPEC SPEC ...) - add pixel values
17245 (- SPEC SPEC ...) - subtract pixel values
17246 (- SPEC) - negate pixel value
17249 INT or FLOAT - a number constant
17250 SYMBOL - use symbol's (buffer local) variable binding.
17253 in - pixels per inch *)
17254 mm - pixels per 1/1000 meter *)
17255 cm - pixels per 1/100 meter *)
17256 width - width of current font in pixels.
17257 height - height of current font in pixels.
17259 *) using the ratio(s) defined in display-pixels-per-inch.
17263 left-fringe - left fringe width in pixels
17264 right-fringe - right fringe width in pixels
17266 left-margin - left margin width in pixels
17267 right-margin - right margin width in pixels
17269 scroll-bar - scroll-bar area width in pixels
17273 Pixels corresponding to 5 inches:
17276 Total width of non-text areas on left side of window (if scroll-bar is on left):
17277 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin scroll-bar))
17279 Align to first text column (in header line):
17280 '(space :align-to 0)
17282 Align to middle of text area minus half the width of variable `my-image'
17283 containing a loaded image:
17284 '(space :align-to (0.5 . (- text my-image)))
17286 Width of left margin minus width of 1 character in the default font:
17287 '(space :width (- left-margin 1))
17289 Width of left margin minus width of 2 characters in the current font:
17290 '(space :width (- left-margin (2 . width)))
17292 Center 1 character over left-margin (in header line):
17293 '(space :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin) -0.5))
17295 Different ways to express width of left fringe plus left margin minus one pixel:
17296 '(space :width (- (+ left-fringe left-margin) (1)))
17297 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (- (1))))
17298 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (-1)))
17302 #define NUMVAL(X) \
17303 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
17308 calc_pixel_width_or_height (res
, it
, prop
, font
, width_p
, align_to
)
17313 int width_p
, *align_to
;
17317 #define OK_PIXELS(val) ((*res = (double)(val)), 1)
17318 #define OK_ALIGN_TO(val) ((*align_to = (int)(val)), 1)
17321 return OK_PIXELS (0);
17323 if (SYMBOLP (prop
))
17325 if (SCHARS (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
)) == 2)
17327 char *unit
= SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
));
17329 if (unit
[0] == 'i' && unit
[1] == 'n')
17331 else if (unit
[0] == 'm' && unit
[1] == 'm')
17333 else if (unit
[0] == 'c' && unit
[1] == 'm')
17340 if ((ppi
= NUMVAL (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
), ppi
> 0)
17341 || (CONSP (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
)
17343 ? NUMVAL (XCAR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))
17344 : NUMVAL (XCDR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))),
17346 return OK_PIXELS (ppi
/ pixels
);
17352 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17353 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
))
17354 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_HEIGHT ((XFontStruct
*)font
) : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
17355 if (EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
17356 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_WIDTH ((XFontStruct
*)font
) : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
));
17358 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
) || EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
17359 return OK_PIXELS (1);
17362 if (EQ (prop
, Qtext
))
17363 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
17364 ? window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
17365 : WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
));
17367 if (align_to
&& *align_to
< 0)
17370 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft
))
17371 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
17372 if (EQ (prop
, Qright
))
17373 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
17374 if (EQ (prop
, Qcenter
))
17375 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
17376 + window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
) / 2);
17377 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
17378 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
17379 ? WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
)
17380 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
17381 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
17382 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
17383 ? window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
17384 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
17385 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
17386 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
17387 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
17388 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
));
17389 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
17390 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (it
->w
)
17392 : (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
17393 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
17394 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
)
17399 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
17400 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
17401 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
17402 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
17403 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
17404 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
17405 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
17406 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
17407 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
17408 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
));
17411 prop
= Fbuffer_local_value (prop
, it
->w
->buffer
);
17414 if (INTEGERP (prop
) || FLOATP (prop
))
17416 int base_unit
= (width_p
17417 ? FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
)
17418 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
17419 return OK_PIXELS (XFLOATINT (prop
) * base_unit
);
17424 Lisp_Object car
= XCAR (prop
);
17425 Lisp_Object cdr
= XCDR (prop
);
17429 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17430 if (valid_image_p (prop
))
17432 int id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, prop
);
17433 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, id
);
17435 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
? img
->width
: img
->height
);
17438 if (EQ (car
, Qplus
) || EQ (car
, Qminus
))
17444 while (CONSP (cdr
))
17446 if (!calc_pixel_width_or_height (&px
, it
, XCAR (cdr
),
17447 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
17450 pixels
= (EQ (car
, Qplus
) ? px
: -px
), first
= 0;
17455 if (EQ (car
, Qminus
))
17457 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
17460 car
= Fbuffer_local_value (car
, it
->w
->buffer
);
17463 if (INTEGERP (car
) || FLOATP (car
))
17466 pixels
= XFLOATINT (car
);
17468 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
17469 if (calc_pixel_width_or_height (&fact
, it
, cdr
,
17470 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
17471 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
* fact
);
17482 /***********************************************************************
17484 ***********************************************************************/
17486 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17491 dump_glyph_string (s
)
17492 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17494 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
17495 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
17496 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
17497 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
17498 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
17499 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
17500 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
17501 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
17502 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
17503 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
17504 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
17505 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
17508 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
17510 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
17511 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
17512 init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
17513 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
17514 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
17515 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
17516 face-override for drawing S. */
17519 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc) hdc,
17520 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc) HDC hdc;
17521 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f) hdc = get_frame_dc ((f))
17522 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f) release_frame_dc ((f), (hdc))
17525 #ifndef OPTIONAL_HDC
17526 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc)
17527 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc)
17528 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f)
17529 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f)
17533 init_glyph_string (s
, OPTIONAL_HDC (hdc
) char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
17534 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17538 struct glyph_row
*row
;
17539 enum glyph_row_area area
;
17541 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
17543 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
17545 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
17549 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
17550 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
17551 s
->char2b
= char2b
;
17555 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
17556 s
->height
= row
->height
;
17557 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
17559 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
17560 if (WINDOWP (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
)
17561 && s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
17562 s
->y
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
17564 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
17568 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
17569 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
17572 append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
17573 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
17574 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
17588 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
17589 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
17593 prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
17594 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
17595 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
17609 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
17610 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
17613 append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
17614 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
17615 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17617 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
17618 append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
17622 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
17623 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
17624 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
17626 static INLINE
struct face
*
17627 get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
17629 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17635 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
17636 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
17641 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
17643 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
17644 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
17645 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
17647 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
17648 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
17650 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
17651 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
17655 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
17657 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
17658 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
17659 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
17661 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, c1
, c2
);
17663 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, c1
);
17665 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
17666 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
17668 struct font_info
*font_info
17669 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
17672 = rif
->encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
);
17676 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
17677 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
17678 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
17683 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
17685 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
17686 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
17687 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
17688 use its physical height for clipping.
17690 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
17693 fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
17694 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17695 struct face
**faces
;
17702 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
17704 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
17705 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
17706 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
17708 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
17709 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
17710 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
17712 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
17715 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
17716 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
17718 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
17720 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
17721 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
17722 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
17723 characters of the glyph string. */
17724 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
17726 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
17727 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
17730 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
17731 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
17733 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
17735 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
17738 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
17742 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
17744 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
17745 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
17746 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
17747 use its physical height for clipping.
17749 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
17752 fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
17753 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17755 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
17757 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
17759 int glyph_not_available_p
;
17761 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
17762 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
17763 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
17765 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
,
17766 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
17767 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
17768 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
17770 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
17772 while (glyph
< last
17773 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17774 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
17775 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
17776 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
17777 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
17781 s
->face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
17782 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
17784 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
17786 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
17787 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
17791 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
17792 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
17794 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
17795 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
17796 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
17797 characters of the glyph string. */
17798 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
17800 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
17801 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
17804 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
17805 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
17807 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
17808 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
17812 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
17815 fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
17816 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17818 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
17819 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
17821 s
->slice
= s
->first_glyph
->slice
;
17822 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
17823 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
17824 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
17826 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
17827 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
17831 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
17833 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
17834 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
17835 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
17837 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
17840 fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
17841 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17842 struct glyph_row
*row
;
17843 enum glyph_row_area area
;
17846 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
17847 int voffset
, face_id
;
17849 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
17851 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
17852 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
17853 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
17854 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
17855 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
17856 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
17857 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
17858 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
17862 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17863 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
17864 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
17866 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
17868 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
17869 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
17871 /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph
17872 string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */
17874 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
17879 Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
17880 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
17881 assumed to be zero. */
17884 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
17885 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17889 *left
= *right
= 0;
17891 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
17895 struct font_info
*font_info
;
17899 face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
17901 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
17902 if (font
/* ++KFS: Should this be font_info ? */
17903 && (pcm
= rif
->per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, glyph
->font_type
)))
17905 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
17906 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
17907 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
17908 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
17914 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
17915 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
17916 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
17919 left_overwritten (s
)
17920 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17924 if (s
->left_overhang
)
17927 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
17928 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
17930 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
17931 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
17942 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
17943 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
17944 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
17947 left_overwriting (s
)
17948 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17951 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
17952 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
17956 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
17959 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
17962 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
17969 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
17970 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
17971 no such glyph is found. */
17974 right_overwritten (s
)
17975 struct glyph_string
*s
;
17979 if (s
->right_overhang
)
17982 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
17983 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
17984 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
17986 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
17987 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
17996 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
17997 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
17998 if no such glyph is found. */
18001 right_overwriting (s
)
18002 struct glyph_string
*s
;
18005 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
18006 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
18007 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
18011 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
18014 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
18017 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
18024 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
18025 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
18026 means we want to display multibyte text. DISPLAY_P non-zero means
18027 make sure that X resources for the face returned are allocated.
18028 Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display if
18029 DISPLAY_P is non-zero. */
18031 static INLINE
struct face
*
18032 get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
, display_p
)
18036 int multibyte_p
, display_p
;
18038 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
18042 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
18043 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
18044 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, c
);
18045 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
18046 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
18048 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
18050 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
18051 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, c
);
18055 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
18057 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
18058 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
18059 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
18061 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, c1
, c2
);
18063 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, c1
);
18065 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
18066 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
18068 struct font_info
*font_info
18069 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
18071 rif
->encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, 0);
18075 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
18076 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
18080 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
18081 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
18088 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
18089 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
18090 in the drawing area. */
18093 set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
18094 struct glyph_string
*s
;
18098 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
18099 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
18100 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
18102 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
18103 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
18104 && ((s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
18105 && (s
->row
->fill_line_p
18106 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
18107 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
18108 || s
->row
->mouse_face_p
))
18109 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
18110 || ((s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
|| s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
18111 && s
->row
->fill_line_p
)))
18112 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
18114 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
18115 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
18117 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
18118 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
18120 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
18124 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
18125 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
18126 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
18129 compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
18130 struct glyph_string
*s
;
18138 if (rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
18139 rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
18149 if (rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
18150 rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
18160 /* The following macros are only called from draw_glyphs below.
18161 They reference the following parameters of that function directly:
18162 `w', `row', `area', and `overlap_p'
18163 as well as the following local variables:
18164 `s', `f', and `hdc' (in W32) */
18167 /* On W32, silently add local `hdc' variable to argument list of
18168 init_glyph_string. */
18169 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
18170 init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
18172 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
18173 init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
18176 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
18177 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
18178 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
18179 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
18180 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
18181 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
18182 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
18184 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
18185 and below -- keep them on one line. */
18186 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
18189 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
18190 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
18191 START = fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, START, END); \
18192 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
18198 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
18199 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
18200 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
18201 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
18202 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
18203 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
18204 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
18206 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
18209 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
18210 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
18211 fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
18212 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
18219 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
18220 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
18221 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
18222 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
18223 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
18224 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
18225 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
18226 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
18228 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
18234 c = (row)->glyphs[area][START].u.ch; \
18235 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
18237 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
18238 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
18239 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
18240 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
18242 START = fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, overlaps_p); \
18247 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
18248 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
18249 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
18250 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
18251 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
18252 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
18253 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
18254 x-position of the drawing area. */
18256 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
18258 int cmp_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].u.cmp_id; \
18259 int face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
18260 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); \
18261 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
18262 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
18264 struct face **faces; \
18265 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
18268 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
18269 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
18270 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
18271 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
18272 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
18274 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
18275 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, base_face, c); \
18276 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (f, this_face_id); \
18277 get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, this_face_id, \
18278 char2b + n, 1, 1); \
18281 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
18282 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
18283 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
18285 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
18286 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b + n, w, row, area, START, HL); \
18287 append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
18295 n = fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p); \
18303 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
18304 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
18305 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
18306 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
18307 x-positions of the drawing area.
18309 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
18310 to allocate glyph strings (because draw_glyphs can be called
18311 asynchronously). */
18313 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
18316 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
18317 while (START < END) \
18319 struct glyph *first_glyph = (row)->glyphs[area] + START; \
18320 switch (first_glyph->type) \
18323 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
18327 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
18328 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
18332 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
18333 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
18337 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
18338 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
18346 set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
18353 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
18354 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
18355 face-override with the following meaning:
18357 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
18358 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
18359 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
18360 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
18361 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
18362 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
18364 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
18365 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
18367 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
18370 draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, overlaps_p
)
18373 struct glyph_row
*row
;
18374 enum glyph_row_area area
;
18376 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
18379 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
18380 struct glyph_string
*s
;
18381 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= NULL
, *clip_tail
= NULL
;
18382 int last_x
, area_width
;
18385 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
18388 ALLOCATE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
18390 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
18391 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
18392 start
= max (0, start
);
18393 start
= min (end
, start
);
18395 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
18396 end of the drawing area. */
18397 if (row
->full_width_p
)
18399 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
18401 x
+= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
18402 last_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
18406 int area_left
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
18408 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
18409 last_x
= area_left
+ area_width
;
18412 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
18413 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
18414 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
18415 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
18417 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
);
18419 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
18423 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
18424 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
18425 strings built above. */
18426 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
18429 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
18431 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
18432 if (rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
18433 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
18434 rif
->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
18436 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
18437 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
18438 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
18439 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
18441 i
= left_overwritten (head
);
18445 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (j
, start
, h
, t
,
18446 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
18448 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
18449 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
18453 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
18454 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
18455 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
18456 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
18457 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
18458 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
18460 i
= left_overwriting (head
);
18464 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, start
, h
, t
,
18465 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
18466 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
18467 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
18468 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
18469 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
18472 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
18473 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
18474 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
18476 i
= right_overwritten (tail
);
18479 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
18480 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
);
18481 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
18482 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
18486 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
18487 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
18488 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
18489 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
18490 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
18491 i
= right_overwriting (tail
);
18495 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
18496 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
);
18497 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
18498 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
18499 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
18500 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
18502 if (clip_head
|| clip_tail
)
18503 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
18505 s
->clip_head
= clip_head
;
18506 s
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
18510 /* Draw all strings. */
18511 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
18512 rif
->draw_glyph_string (s
);
18514 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
18515 && !row
->full_width_p
18516 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
18517 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
18521 int x0
= clip_head
? clip_head
->x
: (head
? head
->x
: x
);
18522 int x1
= (clip_tail
? clip_tail
->x
+ clip_tail
->background_width
18523 : (tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
));
18525 int text_left
= window_box_left (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
18529 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, TEXT_AREA
, x0
, x1
,
18530 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
18533 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
18534 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
18535 if (row
->full_width_p
)
18536 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
18538 x_reached
-= window_box_left (w
, area
);
18540 RELEASE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
18545 /* Expand row matrix if too narrow. Don't expand if area
18548 #define IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH(it, area) \
18550 if (!fonts_changed_p \
18551 && (it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] \
18552 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])) \
18554 it->w->ncols_scale_factor++; \
18555 fonts_changed_p = 1; \
18559 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
18560 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
18566 struct glyph
*glyph
;
18567 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
18569 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
18570 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
18572 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18573 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
18575 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
18576 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
18577 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
18578 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
18579 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
18580 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
18581 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
18582 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
18583 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
18584 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
18585 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
18586 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
18587 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
18588 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
18589 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
18590 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
18591 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
18592 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
18593 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18596 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
18599 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
18600 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
18603 append_composite_glyph (it
)
18606 struct glyph
*glyph
;
18607 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
18609 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
18611 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18612 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
18614 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
18615 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
18616 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
18617 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
18618 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
18619 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
18620 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
18621 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
18622 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
18623 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
18624 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
18625 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
18626 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
18627 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
18628 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
18629 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
18630 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
18631 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
18632 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18635 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
18639 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
18643 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
18648 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
18649 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
18651 it
->ascent
-= it
->voffset
;
18653 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
18655 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
18660 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
18661 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
18662 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
18665 produce_image_glyph (it
)
18671 struct glyph_slice slice
;
18673 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
18675 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
18677 /* Make sure X resources of the face is loaded. */
18678 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
18680 if (it
->image_id
< 0)
18682 /* Fringe bitmap. */
18683 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= 0;
18684 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
18685 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
18690 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
18692 /* Make sure X resources of the image is loaded. */
18693 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
18695 slice
.x
= slice
.y
= 0;
18696 slice
.width
= img
->width
;
18697 slice
.height
= img
->height
;
18699 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.x
))
18700 slice
.x
= XINT (it
->slice
.x
);
18701 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.x
))
18702 slice
.x
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.x
) * img
->width
;
18704 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.y
))
18705 slice
.y
= XINT (it
->slice
.y
);
18706 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.y
))
18707 slice
.y
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.y
) * img
->height
;
18709 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.width
))
18710 slice
.width
= XINT (it
->slice
.width
);
18711 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.width
))
18712 slice
.width
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.width
) * img
->width
;
18714 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.height
))
18715 slice
.height
= XINT (it
->slice
.height
);
18716 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.height
))
18717 slice
.height
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.height
) * img
->height
;
18719 if (slice
.x
>= img
->width
)
18720 slice
.x
= img
->width
;
18721 if (slice
.y
>= img
->height
)
18722 slice
.y
= img
->height
;
18723 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
>= img
->width
)
18724 slice
.width
= img
->width
- slice
.x
;
18725 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
> img
->height
)
18726 slice
.height
= img
->height
- slice
.y
;
18728 if (slice
.width
== 0 || slice
.height
== 0)
18731 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= glyph_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
, &slice
);
18733 it
->descent
= slice
.height
- glyph_ascent
;
18735 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
18736 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
18737 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
18738 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
18740 it
->pixel_width
= slice
.width
;
18742 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
18743 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
18744 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
18746 /* It's quite possible for images to have an ascent greater than
18747 their height, so don't get confused in that case. */
18748 if (it
->descent
< 0)
18751 #if 0 /* this breaks image tiling */
18752 /* If this glyph is alone on the last line, adjust it.ascent to minimum row ascent. */
18753 int face_ascent
= face
->font
? FONT_BASE (face
->font
) : FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
18754 if (face_ascent
> it
->ascent
)
18755 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= face_ascent
;
18760 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
18762 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
18765 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
18766 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
18767 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
18770 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
== 0)
18771 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
18772 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
18773 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
18776 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
18780 struct glyph
*glyph
;
18781 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
18783 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18784 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
18786 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
18787 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
18788 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
18789 glyph
->ascent
= glyph_ascent
;
18790 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
18791 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
18792 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
18793 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
18794 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
18795 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
18796 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
18797 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
18798 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
18799 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
18800 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
18801 glyph
->slice
= slice
;
18802 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
18803 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18806 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
18811 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
18812 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
18813 stretch. ASCENT is the ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= HEIGHT). */
18816 append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
18818 Lisp_Object object
;
18822 struct glyph
*glyph
;
18823 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
18825 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= height
);
18827 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18828 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
18830 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
18831 glyph
->object
= object
;
18832 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
18833 glyph
->ascent
= ascent
;
18834 glyph
->descent
= height
- ascent
;
18835 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
18836 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
18837 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
18838 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
18839 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
18840 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
18841 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
18842 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
18843 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
18844 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= ascent
;
18845 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
18846 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
18847 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
18848 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
18851 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
18855 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
18856 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
18857 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
18860 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
18861 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
18864 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
18865 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
18866 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
18868 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
18869 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
18871 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
18873 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
18874 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
18876 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
18877 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
18878 the glyph property.
18880 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
18882 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
18883 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
18884 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
18887 produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
18890 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT ...) */
18891 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
18892 int width
= 0, height
= 0, align_to
= -1;
18893 int zero_width_ok_p
= 0, zero_height_ok_p
= 0;
18896 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
18897 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
18899 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
18901 /* List should start with `space'. */
18902 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
18903 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
18905 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
18906 if ((prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCwidth
), !NILP (prop
))
18907 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, 0))
18909 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
18910 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
18913 else if (prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
18916 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
18917 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
18920 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
18923 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
18925 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
18926 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
18927 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
18930 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
18932 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
18933 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
18934 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
18935 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
18937 else if ((prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
), !NILP (prop
))
18938 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, &align_to
))
18940 if (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
|| !it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
)
18941 align_to
= (align_to
< 0
18943 : align_to
- window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
18944 else if (align_to
< 0)
18945 align_to
= window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
18946 width
= max (0, (int)tem
+ align_to
- it
->current_x
);
18947 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
18950 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
18951 width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
18953 if (width
<= 0 && (width
< 0 || !zero_width_ok_p
))
18956 /* Compute height. */
18957 if ((prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCheight
), !NILP (prop
))
18958 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
18961 zero_height_ok_p
= 1;
18963 else if (prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
18965 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
18967 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
18969 if (height
<= 0 && (height
< 0 || !zero_height_ok_p
))
18972 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
18973 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
18974 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
18975 if (prop
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
18976 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
18977 ascent
= height
* NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
18978 else if (!NILP (prop
)
18979 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
18980 ascent
= min (max (0, (int)tem
), height
);
18982 ascent
= (height
* FONT_BASE (font
)) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
18984 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0 && it
->glyph_row
)
18986 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
18987 if (!STRINGP (object
))
18988 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
18989 append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
18992 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
18993 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= ascent
;
18994 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
18995 it
->nglyphs
= width
> 0 && height
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
18997 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0 && face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
18999 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
19001 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
19002 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
19005 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
19006 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
19007 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
19008 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
19011 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
19014 /* Get line-height and line-spacing property at point.
19015 If line-height has format (HEIGHT TOTAL), return TOTAL
19016 in TOTAL_HEIGHT. */
19019 get_line_height_property (it
, prop
)
19023 Lisp_Object position
, val
;
19025 if (STRINGP (it
->object
))
19026 position
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
19027 else if (BUFFERP (it
->object
))
19028 position
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
19032 return Fget_char_property (position
, prop
, it
->object
);
19035 /* Calculate line-height and line-spacing properties.
19036 An integer value specifies explicit pixel value.
19037 A float value specifies relative value to current face height.
19038 A cons (float . face-name) specifies relative value to
19039 height of specified face font.
19041 Returns height in pixels, or nil. */
19045 calc_line_height_property (it
, val
, font
, boff
, override
)
19049 int boff
, override
;
19051 Lisp_Object face_name
= Qnil
;
19052 int ascent
, descent
, height
;
19054 if (NILP (val
) || INTEGERP (val
) || (override
&& EQ (val
, Qt
)))
19059 face_name
= XCAR (val
);
19061 if (!NUMBERP (val
))
19062 val
= make_number (1);
19063 if (NILP (face_name
))
19065 height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
19070 if (NILP (face_name
))
19072 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
19073 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
19075 else if (EQ (face_name
, Qt
))
19083 struct font_info
*font_info
;
19085 face_id
= lookup_named_face (it
->f
, face_name
, ' ', 0);
19087 return make_number (-1);
19089 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
19092 return make_number (-1);
19094 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
19095 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
19096 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
19097 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
19100 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19101 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19105 it
->override_ascent
= ascent
;
19106 it
->override_descent
= descent
;
19107 it
->override_boff
= boff
;
19110 height
= ascent
+ descent
;
19114 height
= (int)(XFLOAT_DATA (val
) * height
);
19115 else if (INTEGERP (val
))
19116 height
*= XINT (val
);
19118 return make_number (height
);
19123 Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
19124 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
19125 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
19128 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
19131 int extra_line_spacing
= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
19133 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
19135 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
19139 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19141 int font_not_found_p
;
19142 struct font_info
*font_info
;
19143 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
19144 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
19145 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
19148 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
19149 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
19150 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
19151 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
19153 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
19155 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
19157 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
19158 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
19160 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
19161 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
19163 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
19165 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
19166 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
19167 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
19168 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19170 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
19171 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
19173 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
19174 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
19175 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19179 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
19180 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
, it
->face_id
,
19181 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
19184 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
19185 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
19186 if (font_not_found_p
)
19188 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
19189 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
19194 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
19195 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
19196 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
19197 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
19200 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
19201 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
19203 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
19208 pcm
= rif
->per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
19209 FONT_TYPE_FOR_UNIBYTE (font
, it
->char_to_display
));
19211 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
19213 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
19214 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
19215 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
19219 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19220 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19225 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
19226 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
19227 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
19231 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
19232 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
19233 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
19234 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
19237 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
19239 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
19241 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
19242 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
19244 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
19246 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
19247 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
19249 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
19250 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
19251 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
19254 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
19255 `space-width' property, change its width. */
19256 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
19258 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
19260 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
19261 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
19262 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
19263 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
19265 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
19269 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
19270 it
->descent
+= thick
;
19275 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
19276 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19277 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
19278 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19281 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
19282 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
19283 if (face
->overline_p
)
19286 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
19288 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
19289 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
19290 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
19291 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
19294 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
19296 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
19301 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
19302 into a stretch glyph. */
19303 int ascent
= (((it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
) * FONT_BASE (font
))
19304 / FONT_HEIGHT (font
));
19305 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
19306 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
19311 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
19312 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
19313 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
19314 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
19315 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
19318 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
19320 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line.
19321 But if previous part of the line set a height, don't
19322 increase that height */
19324 Lisp_Object height
;
19325 Lisp_Object total_height
= Qnil
;
19327 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
19328 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
19331 height
= get_line_height_property(it
, Qline_height
);
19332 /* Split (line-height total-height) list */
19334 && CONSP (XCDR (height
))
19335 && NILP (XCDR (XCDR (height
))))
19337 total_height
= XCAR (XCDR (height
));
19338 height
= XCAR (height
);
19340 height
= calc_line_height_property(it
, height
, font
, boff
, 1);
19342 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
19344 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
19345 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
19346 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
19350 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19351 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19354 if (EQ (height
, Qt
))
19356 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
19358 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
19359 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
19361 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
19363 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
19364 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
19366 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
19367 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
19368 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 1;
19369 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
19373 Lisp_Object spacing
;
19376 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
19377 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
19379 if ((it
->max_ascent
> 0 || it
->max_descent
> 0)
19380 && face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
19381 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
19383 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
19384 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
19387 && XINT (height
) > it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
)
19388 it
->ascent
= XINT (height
) - it
->descent
;
19390 if (!NILP (total_height
))
19391 spacing
= calc_line_height_property(it
, total_height
, font
, boff
, 0);
19394 spacing
= get_line_height_property(it
, Qline_spacing
);
19395 spacing
= calc_line_height_property(it
, spacing
, font
, boff
, 0);
19397 if (INTEGERP (spacing
))
19399 extra_line_spacing
= XINT (spacing
);
19400 if (!NILP (total_height
))
19401 extra_line_spacing
-= (it
->phys_ascent
+ it
->phys_descent
);
19405 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
19407 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (it
->f
);
19408 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
19409 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
19411 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
19412 stop is less than a space character width, use the
19413 tab stop after that. */
19414 if (next_tab_x
- x
< FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (it
->f
))
19415 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
19417 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
19419 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19420 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19424 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
19425 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, it
->ascent
);
19430 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
19431 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
19432 width of the font. */
19434 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
19435 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
19436 default font and calculate the width of the character
19437 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
19440 pcm
= rif
->per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
19441 FONT_TYPE_FOR_MULTIBYTE (font
, it
->c
));
19443 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
19445 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
19447 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
19448 it
->pixel_width
= (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
)
19449 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
19450 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19451 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19455 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
19456 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
19457 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
19459 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
19460 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
19461 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
19464 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19465 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19466 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
19468 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
19472 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
19473 it
->descent
+= thick
;
19478 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
19479 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19480 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
19481 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19484 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
19485 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
19486 if (face
->overline_p
)
19489 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
19494 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
19496 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
19498 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
19499 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
19502 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19504 int font_not_found_p
;
19505 struct font_info
*font_info
;
19506 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
19507 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
19509 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
19510 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
19511 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
19512 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
19515 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
19517 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
19520 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
19521 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
19522 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19523 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
, it
->face_id
,
19524 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
19527 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
19528 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
19529 if (font_not_found_p
)
19531 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
19532 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
19537 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
19538 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
19539 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
19540 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
19543 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
19544 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
19545 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
19546 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
19549 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
19550 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
19551 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
19552 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
19553 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
19554 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
19555 correct the display anyway. */
19556 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
19558 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
19559 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
19560 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
19561 them respectively. */
19562 int font_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
19563 int font_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
19564 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
19565 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
19566 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
19568 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
19570 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
19572 && (pcm
= rif
->per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
19573 FONT_TYPE_FOR_MULTIBYTE (font
, it
->c
))))
19575 width
= pcm
->width
;
19576 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
19577 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
19581 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
19582 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
19583 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
19587 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
19588 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
19592 && font_info
->default_ascent
19593 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
19594 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
19595 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
19596 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
19598 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
19599 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
19601 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
19602 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
19604 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
19605 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
19607 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
19608 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
19609 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
19611 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
19612 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
,
19613 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
19617 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
19618 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
19624 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
19625 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
19626 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
19627 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
19631 && (pcm
= rif
->per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
19632 FONT_TYPE_FOR_MULTIBYTE (font
, ch
))))
19634 width
= pcm
->width
;
19635 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
19636 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
19640 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
19645 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
19647 /* Relative composition with or without
19648 alternate chars. */
19649 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
19650 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
19651 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
19652 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
19653 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
19654 make_number (ch
)))))
19657 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
19658 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
19660 else if (ascent
<= 0)
19661 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
19662 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
19667 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
19668 value that encodes global and new reference
19669 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
19670 specified by numbers as below:
19672 0---1---2 -- ascent
19676 9--10--11 -- center
19678 ---3---4---5--- baseline
19680 6---7---8 -- descent
19682 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
19683 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
19685 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
19686 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
19687 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
19690 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
19691 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
19692 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
19694 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
19695 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
19696 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
19697 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
19699 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
19702 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
19703 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
19705 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
19706 right
= left
+ width
;
19707 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
19708 if (left
< leftmost
)
19710 if (right
> rightmost
)
19718 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
19719 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
19723 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
19724 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
19725 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
19728 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
19729 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
19730 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
19731 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
19732 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
19733 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
19734 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
19737 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
19738 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
19739 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
19741 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
19743 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
19747 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
19748 it
->descent
+= thick
;
19753 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
19754 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19755 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
19756 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
19759 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
19760 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
19761 if (face
->overline_p
)
19764 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
19767 append_composite_glyph (it
);
19769 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
19770 produce_image_glyph (it
);
19771 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
19772 produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
19774 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
19775 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
19776 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
19777 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
19778 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
19780 if (extra_line_spacing
> 0)
19782 it
->descent
+= extra_line_spacing
;
19783 if (extra_line_spacing
> it
->max_extra_line_spacing
)
19784 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= extra_line_spacing
;
19787 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
19788 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
19789 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
19790 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
19794 Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
19795 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
19796 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
19797 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
19798 row being updated. */
19801 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
19802 struct glyph
*start
;
19807 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
19810 /* Write glyphs. */
19812 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
19813 x
= draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
19814 updated_row
, updated_area
,
19816 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
19818 /* Invalidate old phys cursor if the glyph at its hpos is redrawn. */
19819 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
19820 && updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
19821 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.vpos
== output_cursor
.vpos
19822 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= hpos
19823 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< hpos
+ len
)
19824 updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
19828 /* Advance the output cursor. */
19829 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
19830 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
19835 Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
19838 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
19839 struct glyph
*start
;
19844 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
19845 struct glyph_row
*row
;
19846 struct glyph
*glyph
;
19847 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
;
19849 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
19851 w
= updated_window
;
19852 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
19854 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
19856 line_height
= row
->height
;
19858 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
19859 shift_by_width
= 0;
19860 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
19861 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
19863 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
19864 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
19869 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
19870 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
19872 rif
->shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, frame_x
, frame_y
, shifted_region_width
,
19873 line_height
, shift_by_width
);
19875 /* Write the glyphs. */
19876 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
19877 draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
,
19879 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
19881 /* Advance the output cursor. */
19882 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
19883 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
19889 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
19890 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
19891 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
19893 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
19894 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
19897 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
19901 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
19902 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
19903 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
19905 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
19906 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
19908 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
19909 max_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
19911 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
19912 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
19914 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
19915 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
19921 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
19923 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
19925 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
19926 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
19927 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
19928 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
19930 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
19932 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
19934 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
19935 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
19937 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
19938 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
19942 int area_left
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
);
19943 from_x
+= area_left
;
19947 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
19948 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
19949 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
19951 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
19952 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
19955 rif
->clear_frame_area (f
, from_x
, from_y
,
19956 to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
);
19961 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
19965 /***********************************************************************
19967 ***********************************************************************/
19969 /* Value is the internal representation of the specified cursor type
19970 ARG. If type is BAR_CURSOR, return in *WIDTH the specified width
19971 of the bar cursor. */
19973 static enum text_cursor_kinds
19974 get_specified_cursor_type (arg
, width
)
19978 enum text_cursor_kinds type
;
19983 if (EQ (arg
, Qbox
))
19984 return FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
;
19986 if (EQ (arg
, Qhollow
))
19987 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
19989 if (EQ (arg
, Qbar
))
19996 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qbar
)
19997 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
19998 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
20000 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
20004 if (EQ (arg
, Qhbar
))
20007 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
20011 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qhbar
)
20012 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
20013 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
20015 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
20016 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
20019 /* Treat anything unknown as "hollow box cursor".
20020 It was bad to signal an error; people have trouble fixing
20021 .Xdefaults with Emacs, when it has something bad in it. */
20022 type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
20027 /* Set the default cursor types for specified frame. */
20029 set_frame_cursor_types (f
, arg
)
20036 FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
) = get_specified_cursor_type (arg
, &width
);
20037 FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
20039 /* By default, set up the blink-off state depending on the on-state. */
20041 tem
= Fassoc (arg
, Vblink_cursor_alist
);
20044 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
)
20045 = get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (tem
), &width
);
20046 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
20049 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) = DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
20053 /* Return the cursor we want to be displayed in window W. Return
20054 width of bar/hbar cursor through WIDTH arg. Return with
20055 ACTIVE_CURSOR arg set to 1 if cursor in window W is `active'
20056 (i.e. if the `system caret' should track this cursor).
20058 In a mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we
20059 are reading input from this window. For the selected window, we
20060 want the cursor type given by the frame parameter or buffer local
20061 setting of cursor-type. If explicitly marked off, draw no cursor.
20062 In all other cases, we want a hollow box cursor. */
20064 static enum text_cursor_kinds
20065 get_window_cursor_type (w
, glyph
, width
, active_cursor
)
20067 struct glyph
*glyph
;
20069 int *active_cursor
;
20071 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
20072 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
20073 int cursor_type
= DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
20074 Lisp_Object alt_cursor
;
20075 int non_selected
= 0;
20077 *active_cursor
= 1;
20080 if (cursor_in_echo_area
20081 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
20082 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
20084 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
20086 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
20087 return FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
20090 *active_cursor
= 0;
20094 /* Nonselected window or nonselected frame. */
20095 else if (w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)
20096 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20097 || f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
20101 *active_cursor
= 0;
20103 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
) && minibuf_level
== 0)
20109 /* Never display a cursor in a window in which cursor-type is nil. */
20110 if (NILP (b
->cursor_type
))
20113 /* Use cursor-in-non-selected-windows for non-selected window or frame. */
20116 alt_cursor
= Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
, w
->buffer
);
20117 return get_specified_cursor_type (alt_cursor
, width
);
20120 /* Get the normal cursor type for this window. */
20121 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
20123 cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
20124 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
20127 cursor_type
= get_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
, width
);
20129 /* Use normal cursor if not blinked off. */
20130 if (!w
->cursor_off_p
)
20132 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
) {
20133 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
20134 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
20136 return cursor_type
;
20139 /* Cursor is blinked off, so determine how to "toggle" it. */
20141 /* First look for an entry matching the buffer's cursor-type in blink-cursor-alist. */
20142 if ((alt_cursor
= Fassoc (b
->cursor_type
, Vblink_cursor_alist
), !NILP (alt_cursor
)))
20143 return get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (alt_cursor
), width
);
20145 /* Then see if frame has specified a specific blink off cursor type. */
20146 if (FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) != DEFAULT_CURSOR
)
20148 *width
= FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
20149 return FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
);
20153 /* Some people liked having a permanently visible blinking cursor,
20154 while others had very strong opinions against it. So it was
20155 decided to remove it. KFS 2003-09-03 */
20157 /* Finally perform built-in cursor blinking:
20158 filled box <-> hollow box
20159 wide [h]bar <-> narrow [h]bar
20160 narrow [h]bar <-> no cursor
20161 other type <-> no cursor */
20163 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
20164 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
20166 if ((cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
) && *width
> 1)
20169 return cursor_type
;
20177 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20179 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
20180 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
20181 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
20182 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
20183 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
20184 are window-relative. */
20187 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
)
20189 enum glyph_row_area area
;
20190 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
;
20192 int cx0
, cx1
, cy0
, cy1
;
20193 struct glyph_row
*row
;
20195 if (!w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
20197 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
20200 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
+ w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
20201 if (!row
->displays_text_p
)
20204 if (row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
20206 row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
20207 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, 0);
20208 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
20212 cx0
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
20213 cx1
= cx0
+ w
->phys_cursor_width
;
20214 if (x0
> cx0
|| (x1
>= 0 && x1
< cx1
))
20217 /* The cursor image will be completely removed from the
20218 screen if the output area intersects the cursor area in
20219 y-direction. When we draw in [y0 y1[, and some part of
20220 the cursor is at y < y0, that part must have been drawn
20221 before. When scrolling, the cursor is erased before
20222 actually scrolling, so we don't come here. When not
20223 scrolling, the rows above the old cursor row must have
20224 changed, and in this case these rows must have written
20225 over the cursor image.
20227 Likewise if part of the cursor is below y1, with the
20228 exception of the cursor being in the first blank row at
20229 the buffer and window end because update_text_area
20230 doesn't draw that row. (Except when it does, but
20231 that's handled in update_text_area.) */
20233 cy0
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
20234 cy1
= cy0
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
20235 if ((y0
< cy0
|| y0
>= cy1
) && (y1
<= cy0
|| y1
>= cy1
))
20238 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
20241 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
20244 /************************************************************************
20246 ************************************************************************/
20248 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20251 Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
20254 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
20256 struct glyph_row
*row
;
20257 enum glyph_row_area area
;
20264 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
20266 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
20268 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
20272 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
20275 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
20276 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
20278 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
,
20280 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 1);
20284 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
20294 Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
20295 comment of draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
20298 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
20300 struct glyph_row
*row
;
20301 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
20303 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
20304 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
20305 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
20306 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
20308 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
20310 x1
= draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
20311 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
20313 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
20315 if (hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
20316 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
20317 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
20318 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
20320 else if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
20322 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
20323 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
20324 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
20326 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
20327 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
20328 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
20335 Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
20338 erase_phys_cursor (w
)
20341 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
20342 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
20343 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
20344 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
20345 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
20346 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
20347 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
20348 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
20349 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
20351 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
20353 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
20354 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20356 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
20357 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
20358 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
20359 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20361 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
20363 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
20364 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
20365 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20367 /* If line spacing is > 0, old cursor may only be partially visible in
20368 window after split-window. So adjust visible height. */
20369 cursor_row
->visible_height
= min (cursor_row
->visible_height
,
20370 window_text_bottom_y (w
) - cursor_row
->y
);
20372 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
20373 isn't there. This can happen if cursor is at top of a window, and
20374 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
20375 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
20376 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20378 /* If cursor is in the fringe, erase by drawing actual bitmap there. */
20379 if (cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
20381 cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
20382 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, cursor_row
, 0);
20383 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20386 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
20387 In this case, either draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
20388 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
20389 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
20390 cursor glyph at hand. */
20391 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
20392 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20394 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
20395 we clear the cursor. */
20396 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
20397 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
20398 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
20399 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
20400 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
20401 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
20402 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
20403 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
20404 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
20405 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
20406 mouse highlighting does not. */
20407 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
20408 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
20410 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
20411 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
20414 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
20417 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
20418 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
20419 goto mark_cursor_off
;
20421 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
20422 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
, cursor_row
->y
));
20423 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
20424 window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
) - w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
20426 rif
->clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, cursor_row
->visible_height
);
20429 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
20430 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
20431 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
20433 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
20434 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
20437 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
20438 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
20443 Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
20444 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
20445 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
20448 display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
20450 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
20452 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
20453 int new_cursor_type
;
20454 int new_cursor_width
;
20456 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
20457 struct glyph
*glyph
;
20459 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
20460 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
20461 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
20463 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
20464 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
20465 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
20466 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
20469 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
20470 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
20473 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
20474 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
20475 display the cursor. */
20476 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
20478 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
20483 if (!glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
20484 || hpos
< glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
20485 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
20487 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
20489 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
20490 new_cursor_type
= get_window_cursor_type (w
, glyph
,
20491 &new_cursor_width
, &active_cursor
);
20493 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
20494 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
20496 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
20498 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
20499 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
20500 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
20501 || ((new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| new_cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
)
20502 && new_cursor_width
!= w
->phys_cursor_width
)))
20503 erase_phys_cursor (w
);
20505 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
20506 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
20507 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
20508 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
20509 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
20512 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
20513 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
20515 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
20516 of them may need the information. */
20517 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
20518 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
20519 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
20520 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
20523 rif
->draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
,
20524 new_cursor_type
, new_cursor_width
,
20525 on
, active_cursor
);
20529 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
20533 update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
20537 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
20538 of being deleted. */
20539 if (w
->current_matrix
)
20542 display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
20543 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
20549 /* Call update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
20550 in the window tree rooted at W. */
20553 update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
20559 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
20560 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
20561 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
20562 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
20564 update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
20566 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
20572 Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
20573 Don't change the cursor's position. */
20576 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
20580 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
20585 Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
20586 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
20587 is is about to be rewritten. */
20593 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
20594 update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
20599 Display the active region described by mouse_face_* according to DRAW. */
20602 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
20603 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
;
20604 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
20606 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
20607 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
20609 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
20611 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
20612 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
20613 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
20614 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
20615 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
20616 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
20618 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
20619 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
20621 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
20622 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
20624 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
20626 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
20628 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
20631 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
20632 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
20641 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
20643 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
20645 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
20647 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
20648 start_hpos
, end_hpos
,
20652 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
20656 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
20657 be displayed again. */
20658 if (phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
20661 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
20662 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
20663 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
20668 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
20669 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
20670 rif
->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
);
20671 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
20672 rif
->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
);
20674 rif
->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
);
20678 Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
20679 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
20680 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
20683 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
20684 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
;
20688 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& !NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
20690 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
20694 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
20695 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
20696 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
20697 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
20703 Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
20706 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
20709 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
20710 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
20712 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
20713 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
20715 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
20716 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
20718 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
20719 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
20720 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
20721 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
20722 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
20723 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
20724 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
20728 return in_mouse_face
;
20734 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
20735 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
20736 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
20737 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
20738 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
20739 having STOP as object. */
20741 #if 1 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
20742 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
20743 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
20744 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
20745 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
20748 fast_find_position (w
, charpos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
20751 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
20754 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
;
20755 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
20758 first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
20759 if (charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first
))
20764 *vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first
, w
->current_matrix
);
20768 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
20771 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
20775 /* If whole rows or last part of a row came from a display overlay,
20776 row_containing_pos will skip over such rows because their end pos
20777 equals the start pos of the overlay or interval.
20779 Move back if we have a STOP object and previous row's
20780 end glyph came from STOP. */
20783 struct glyph_row
*prev
;
20784 while ((prev
= row
- 1, prev
>= first
)
20785 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (prev
) == charpos
20786 && prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > 0)
20788 struct glyph
*beg
= prev
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
20789 glyph
= beg
+ prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
20790 while (--glyph
>= beg
20791 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
));
20793 || !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
))
20801 *vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
20803 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
20804 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
20806 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
20807 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
20809 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
20811 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
20812 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
20813 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
20815 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20820 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
20821 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
20822 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
20823 || glyph
->charpos
< charpos
))
20825 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20829 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
20836 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
20839 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
20844 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
20845 int line_start_position
;
20846 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
20847 struct glyph_row
*row
, *best_row
;
20848 int row_vpos
, best_row_vpos
;
20851 row
= best_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
20852 row_vpos
= best_row_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
20854 while (row
->y
< yb
)
20856 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
20857 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
20859 line_start_position
= 0;
20861 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
20863 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
20864 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
20865 else if (line_start_position
== pos
20866 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
20868 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
20871 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
20874 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
20877 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
20884 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
20886 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
20887 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
20889 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
20890 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
20892 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
20894 if (charpos
== pos
)
20897 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
20902 else if (charpos
> pos
)
20905 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, stop
))
20910 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20913 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
20914 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
20915 use the start of the following line. */
20916 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
20921 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
20924 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
20925 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
20934 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
20935 window W's current matrix, and return in *X, *Y the pixel
20936 coordinates, and return in *HPOS, *VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
20938 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
20939 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
20941 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
20942 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
20943 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
20944 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
20945 next larger position in OBJECT.
20947 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
20950 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
20953 Lisp_Object object
;
20954 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
20957 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
20958 struct glyph_row
*r
;
20959 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
20960 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
20963 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
20964 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
20967 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
20968 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
20971 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
20972 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
20974 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
20981 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
20982 || ((abs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
20983 < abs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
20986 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
21000 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
21004 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
21009 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
21012 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
21016 /* See if position X, Y is within a hot-spot of an image. */
21019 on_hot_spot_p (hot_spot
, x
, y
)
21020 Lisp_Object hot_spot
;
21023 if (!CONSP (hot_spot
))
21026 if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qrect
))
21028 /* CDR is (Top-Left . Bottom-Right) = ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1)) */
21029 Lisp_Object rect
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
21033 if (!CONSP (XCAR (rect
)))
21035 if (!CONSP (XCDR (rect
)))
21037 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
>= XINT (tem
)))
21039 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
>= XINT (tem
)))
21041 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
<= XINT (tem
)))
21043 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
<= XINT (tem
)))
21047 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qcircle
))
21049 /* CDR is (Center . Radius) = ((x0 . y0) . r) */
21050 Lisp_Object circ
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
21051 Lisp_Object lr
, lx0
, ly0
;
21053 && CONSP (XCAR (circ
))
21054 && (lr
= XCDR (circ
), INTEGERP (lr
) || FLOATP (lr
))
21055 && (lx0
= XCAR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (lx0
))
21056 && (ly0
= XCDR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (ly0
)))
21058 double r
= XFLOATINT (lr
);
21059 double dx
= XINT (lx0
) - x
;
21060 double dy
= XINT (ly0
) - y
;
21061 return (dx
* dx
+ dy
* dy
<= r
* r
);
21064 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qpoly
))
21066 /* CDR is [x0 y0 x1 y1 x2 y2 ...x(n-1) y(n-1)] */
21067 if (VECTORP (XCDR (hot_spot
)))
21069 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (XCDR (hot_spot
));
21070 Lisp_Object
*poly
= v
->contents
;
21074 Lisp_Object lx
, ly
;
21077 /* Need an even number of coordinates, and at least 3 edges. */
21078 if (n
< 6 || n
& 1)
21081 /* Count edge segments intersecting line from (X,Y) to (X,infinity).
21082 If count is odd, we are inside polygon. Pixels on edges
21083 may or may not be included depending on actual geometry of the
21085 if ((lx
= poly
[n
-2], !INTEGERP (lx
))
21086 || (ly
= poly
[n
-1], !INTEGERP (lx
)))
21088 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
21089 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 2)
21091 int x1
= x0
, y1
= y0
;
21092 if ((lx
= poly
[i
], !INTEGERP (lx
))
21093 || (ly
= poly
[i
+1], !INTEGERP (ly
)))
21095 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
21097 /* Does this segment cross the X line? */
21105 if (y
> y0
&& y
> y1
)
21107 if (y
< y0
+ ((y1
- y0
) * (x
- x0
)) / (x1
- x0
))
21113 /* If we don't understand the format, pretend we're not in the hot-spot. */
21118 find_hot_spot (map
, x
, y
)
21122 while (CONSP (map
))
21124 if (CONSP (XCAR (map
))
21125 && on_hot_spot_p (XCAR (XCAR (map
)), x
, y
))
21133 DEFUN ("lookup-image-map", Flookup_image_map
, Slookup_image_map
,
21135 doc
: /* Lookup in image map MAP coordinates X and Y.
21136 An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
21137 An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
21138 A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
21139 pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
21140 A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
21141 and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
21142 A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
21143 vector describes one corner in the polygon.
21144 Returns the alist element for the first matching AREA in MAP. */)
21155 return find_hot_spot (map
, XINT (x
), XINT (y
));
21159 /* Display frame CURSOR, optionally using shape defined by POINTER. */
21161 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
)
21164 Lisp_Object pointer
;
21166 /* Do not change cursor shape while dragging mouse. */
21167 if (!NILP (do_mouse_tracking
))
21170 if (!NILP (pointer
))
21172 if (EQ (pointer
, Qarrow
))
21173 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
21174 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qhand
))
21175 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
;
21176 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qtext
))
21177 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
21178 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hdrag")))
21179 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
21180 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
21181 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("vdrag")))
21182 cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
21184 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hourglass")))
21185 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hourglass_cursor
;
21186 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qmodeline
))
21187 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->modeline_cursor
;
21189 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
21192 if (cursor
!= No_Cursor
)
21193 rif
->define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
);
21196 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line
21197 or marginal area AREA of window W, x-position X and y-position Y.
21198 X is relative to the start of the text display area of W, so the
21199 width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted to get a
21200 position relative to the start of the mode line. */
21203 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w
, x
, y
, area
)
21206 enum window_part area
;
21208 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
21209 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
21210 Cursor cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
21211 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
;
21212 int charpos
, dx
, dy
, width
, height
;
21213 Lisp_Object string
, object
= Qnil
;
21214 Lisp_Object pos
, help
;
21216 if (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)
21217 string
= mode_line_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
21218 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
21221 x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
21222 string
= marginal_area_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
21223 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
21228 if (IMAGEP (object
))
21230 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
21231 if ((image_map
= Fsafe_plist_get (XCDR (object
), QCmap
),
21233 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
, dx
, dy
),
21235 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
21237 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
21239 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
21240 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
21241 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
21242 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
21243 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
21244 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
21245 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
21247 pointer
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
21248 if (NILP (pointer
))
21250 help
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
21253 help_echo_string
= help
;
21254 /* Is this correct? ++kfs */
21255 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
21256 help_echo_object
= w
->buffer
;
21257 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
21261 if (NILP (pointer
))
21262 pointer
= Fsafe_plist_get (XCDR (object
), QCpointer
);
21265 if (STRINGP (string
))
21267 pos
= make_number (charpos
);
21268 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange
21269 for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the
21270 global variable help_echo_string to the help string. */
21273 help
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qhelp_echo
, string
);
21276 help_echo_string
= help
;
21277 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
21278 help_echo_object
= string
;
21279 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
21283 if (NILP (pointer
))
21284 pointer
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qpointer
, string
);
21286 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
21287 if (NILP (pointer
) && ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)))
21290 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qlocal_map
, string
);
21291 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
21292 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qkeymap
, string
);
21293 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
21294 cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
21298 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
21303 Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
21304 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
21305 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
21306 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
21309 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
21313 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
21314 enum window_part part
;
21315 Lisp_Object window
;
21317 Cursor cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21318 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
; /* Takes precedence over cursor! */
21321 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
21322 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
21323 if (popup_activated ())
21327 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
21328 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
21331 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
21332 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
21333 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
21335 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
21338 if (gc_in_progress
)
21340 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
21344 /* Which window is that in? */
21345 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0, 0, 1);
21347 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that.
21348 Also clear if we move out of text area in same window. */
21349 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
21350 || (part
!= ON_TEXT
&& !NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
21351 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
21353 /* Not on a window -> return. */
21354 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
21357 /* Reset help_echo_string. It will get recomputed below. */
21358 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
21360 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
21361 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
21362 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
21364 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
21366 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
21368 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
21372 /* Mouse is on the mode, header line or margin? */
21373 if (part
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| part
== ON_HEADER_LINE
21374 || part
== ON_LEFT_MARGIN
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_MARGIN
)
21376 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w
, x
, y
, part
);
21380 if (part
== ON_VERTICAL_BORDER
)
21381 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
21382 else if (part
== ON_LEFT_FRINGE
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_FRINGE
21383 || part
== ON_SCROLL_BAR
)
21384 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
21386 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
21388 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
21389 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
21390 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
21391 if (part
== ON_TEXT
21392 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
21393 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
21394 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
21396 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, dx
, dy
, area
;
21397 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21398 Lisp_Object object
;
21399 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
21400 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
21402 struct buffer
*obuf
;
21403 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
21405 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
21406 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &dx
, &dy
, &area
);
21408 /* Look for :pointer property on image. */
21409 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
21411 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->u
.img_id
);
21412 if (img
!= NULL
&& IMAGEP (img
->spec
))
21414 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
21415 if ((image_map
= Fsafe_plist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCmap
),
21417 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
,
21418 glyph
->slice
.x
+ dx
,
21419 glyph
->slice
.y
+ dy
),
21421 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
21423 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
21425 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
21426 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
21427 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
21428 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
21429 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
21430 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
21431 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
21433 pointer
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
21434 if (NILP (pointer
))
21436 help_echo_string
= Fsafe_plist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
21437 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
))
21439 help_echo_window
= window
;
21440 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
21441 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
21445 if (NILP (pointer
))
21446 pointer
= Fsafe_plist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCpointer
);
21450 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
21452 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
21453 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
21455 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
21456 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21457 if (NILP (pointer
))
21459 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
21460 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
21462 pointer
= Vvoid_text_area_pointer
;
21467 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
21468 object
= glyph
->object
;
21469 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
21472 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
21473 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
21476 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
21477 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
21478 obuf
= current_buffer
;
21479 current_buffer
= b
;
21485 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
21486 position
= make_number (pos
);
21488 if (BUFFERP (object
))
21490 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. */
21491 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlay_vec
, noverlays
, NULL
, 0);
21492 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
21493 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
21498 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
21499 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
21500 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
21501 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
21502 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
21503 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
21504 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
21505 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
21508 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21510 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
21512 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
21513 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
21514 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
21515 highlight only that. */
21516 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
21517 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
21519 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
21522 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
21524 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
21525 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
21526 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
21529 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
21530 before, there's no need to do that again. */
21531 if (!NILP (overlay
)
21532 && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
21533 goto check_help_echo
;
21535 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
21537 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
21538 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
21539 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21541 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
21542 if (NILP (overlay
))
21543 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
21545 /* Handle the overlay case. */
21546 if (!NILP (overlay
))
21548 /* Find the range of text around this char that
21549 should be active. */
21550 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
21553 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
21554 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
21555 /* Record this as the current active region. */
21556 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
21557 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
21558 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
21559 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
21560 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
21562 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
21563 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
21564 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
21565 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
21566 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
21567 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
21568 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
21570 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
21571 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
21573 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
21575 /* Display it as active. */
21576 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
21577 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21579 /* Handle the text property case. */
21580 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && BUFFERP (object
))
21582 /* Find the range of text around this char that
21583 should be active. */
21584 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
21587 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
21588 end
= make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object
))
21589 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
));
21591 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
21593 object
, beginning
);
21595 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
21598 /* Record this as the current active region. */
21599 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
21600 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
21601 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
21602 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
21603 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
21604 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
21605 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
21606 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
21607 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
21608 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
21609 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
21610 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
21612 if (BUFFERP (object
))
21613 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
21614 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
21616 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
21618 /* Display it as active. */
21619 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
21620 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21622 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
21627 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
21630 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
21633 b
= make_number (0);
21635 e
= make_number (SCHARS (object
) - 1);
21636 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
21637 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
21638 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
21639 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
21640 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
21641 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
21642 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
21643 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
21644 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
21645 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
21646 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
21647 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
21648 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
21649 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
21650 glyph
->face_id
, 1);
21651 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
21652 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21654 else if (STRINGP (object
) && NILP (mouse_face
))
21656 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
21657 the text ``under'' it might have. */
21658 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
21659 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
21661 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
21663 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos
),
21667 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && !NILP (overlay
))
21669 Lisp_Object before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
21670 Lisp_Object after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
21673 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
21674 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
21675 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
21676 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
21677 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
21678 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
21679 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
21680 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
21681 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
21682 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
,
21685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
21686 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
21687 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
21688 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
21689 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
21690 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
,
21692 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
21693 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
21694 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
21696 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
21698 /* Display it as active. */
21699 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
21700 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
21707 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
21708 if (NILP (help_echo_string
)) {
21709 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
21711 /* Check overlays first. */
21712 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
21713 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
21715 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
21716 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
21721 help_echo_string
= help
;
21722 help_echo_window
= window
;
21723 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
21724 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
21728 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
21729 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
21731 /* Try text properties. */
21732 if (STRINGP (object
)
21734 && charpos
< SCHARS (object
))
21736 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
21737 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
21740 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
21741 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
21742 struct glyph_row
*r
21743 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
21744 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
21745 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
21748 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
21749 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
21753 object
= w
->buffer
;
21758 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
21761 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
21766 help_echo_string
= help
;
21767 help_echo_window
= window
;
21768 help_echo_object
= object
;
21769 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
21774 /* Look for a `pointer' property. */
21775 if (NILP (pointer
))
21777 /* Check overlays first. */
21778 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (pointer
); --i
)
21779 pointer
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qpointer
);
21781 if (NILP (pointer
))
21783 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
21784 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
21786 /* Try text properties. */
21787 if (STRINGP (object
)
21789 && charpos
< SCHARS (object
))
21791 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
21793 if (NILP (pointer
))
21795 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a pointer,
21796 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
21797 struct glyph_row
*r
21798 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
21799 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
21800 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
21802 pointer
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
21803 Qpointer
, w
->buffer
);
21806 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
21809 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
21816 current_buffer
= obuf
;
21821 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
21826 Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
21827 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
21828 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
21831 x_clear_window_mouse_face (w
)
21834 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
21835 Lisp_Object window
;
21838 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
21839 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
21840 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
21846 Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
21847 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
21850 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
21853 Lisp_Object window
;
21854 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
21856 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
21857 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
21859 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
21860 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
21861 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
21866 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
21869 /***********************************************************************
21871 ***********************************************************************/
21873 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
21875 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
21876 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
21879 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
21881 struct glyph_row
*row
;
21883 enum glyph_row_area area
;
21885 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
21886 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
21887 struct glyph
*last
;
21888 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
21890 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
21891 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
21892 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
21893 0, row
->used
[area
],
21894 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
21897 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
21898 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
21899 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
21900 start_x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, area
);
21902 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21905 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
21907 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
21909 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
21913 /* Find the last one. */
21917 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
21919 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
21925 draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
21926 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
], last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
21927 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
21932 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
21933 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
21934 non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */
21937 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
21939 struct glyph_row
*row
;
21942 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
21944 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
21945 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
21946 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
21947 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
21950 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
21951 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
21952 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
21953 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
21954 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
21955 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
21956 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
21959 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
21963 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
21964 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
21965 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
21967 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
21968 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
21969 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
21972 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
)
21974 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
;
21975 struct glyph_row
*last_overlapping_row
;
21977 struct glyph_row
*row
;
21979 for (row
= first_overlapping_row
; row
<= last_overlapping_row
; ++row
)
21980 if (row
->overlapping_p
)
21982 xassert (row
->enabled_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
);
21984 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
21985 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
21987 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
21988 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
);
21990 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
21991 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
21996 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
21999 phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
22003 XRectangle cr
, result
;
22004 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
22006 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
22009 /* r is relative to W's box, but w->phys_cursor.x is relative
22010 to left edge of W's TEXT area. Adjust it. */
22011 cr
.x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
22012 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
22013 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
22014 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
22015 /* ++KFS: W32 version used W32-specific IntersectRect here, but
22016 I assume the effect is the same -- and this is portable. */
22017 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
22025 Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
22026 have vertical scroll bars. */
22029 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
22032 /* We could do better, if we knew what type of scroll-bar the adjacent
22033 windows (on either side) have... But we don't :-(
22034 However, I think this works ok. ++KFS 2003-04-25 */
22036 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
22037 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
22038 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
22039 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
22040 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
22043 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
22044 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
22046 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
22048 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
22051 rif
->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x1
, y0
, y1
);
22053 else if (!WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
22054 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
22056 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
22058 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
22061 rif
->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x0
, y0
, y1
);
22066 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
22067 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
22068 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
22072 expose_window (w
, fr
)
22076 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
22078 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
22080 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
22081 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
22082 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
22084 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
22087 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
22088 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
22090 if (w
== updated_window
)
22092 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
22096 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
22097 wr
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
22098 wr
.y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
22099 wr
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
22100 wr
.height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
22102 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
22104 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
22105 struct glyph_row
*row
;
22106 int cursor_cleared_p
;
22107 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
, *last_overlapping_row
;
22109 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
22110 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
22112 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
22113 r
.x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
22114 r
.y
-= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
22116 /* Turn off the cursor. */
22117 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
22118 && phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
22120 x_clear_cursor (w
);
22121 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
22124 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
22126 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
22127 first_overlapping_row
= last_overlapping_row
= NULL
;
22128 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
22133 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
22135 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
22136 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
22137 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
22138 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
22140 /* A header line may be overlapping, but there is no need
22141 to fix overlapping areas for them. KFS 2005-02-12 */
22142 if (row
->overlapping_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
)
22144 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
22145 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
22146 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
22149 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
22150 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
22157 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
22158 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
22159 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
22161 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
22163 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
22164 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
22167 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
22169 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
22170 if (first_overlapping_row
)
22171 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
);
22173 /* Draw border between windows. */
22174 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
22176 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
22177 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
22178 update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
22182 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
22187 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
22188 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is
22189 non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */
22192 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
22196 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
22197 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
22199 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
22201 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
22202 mouse_face_overwritten_p
22203 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
22204 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
22205 mouse_face_overwritten_p
22206 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
22208 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
22210 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
22213 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
22218 Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
22219 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
22220 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
22221 the entire frame. */
22224 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
22229 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
22231 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
22233 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
22234 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
22236 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
22240 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
22241 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
22242 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
22243 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
22244 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
22246 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
22250 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
22253 r
.width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) * FRAME_COLS (f
);
22254 r
.height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
22264 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
22265 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
22267 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
22268 mouse_face_overwritten_p
22269 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
22271 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
22273 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
22274 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
22275 mouse_face_overwritten_p
22276 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
22277 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
22281 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
22282 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
22283 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
22284 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
22285 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
22286 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
22287 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
22288 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
22289 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
22290 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
22291 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
22292 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
22293 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
22294 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
22296 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
22297 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
22299 int x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
22300 int y
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
22301 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
22302 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
22309 Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
22310 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
22314 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
22315 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
22317 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
22318 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
22319 int intersection_p
= 0;
22321 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
22323 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
22325 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
22327 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
22328 otherwise there is no intersection. */
22329 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
22331 result
->x
= right
->x
;
22333 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
22334 the right ends of left and right. */
22335 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
22338 /* Same game for Y. */
22340 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
22342 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
22344 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
22345 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
22346 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
22348 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
22350 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
22351 ends of upper and lower. */
22352 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
22353 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
22355 intersection_p
= 1;
22359 return intersection_p
;
22362 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
22365 /***********************************************************************
22367 ***********************************************************************/
22372 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
22373 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
);
22375 Vmessage_stack
= Qnil
;
22376 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack
);
22378 Qinhibit_redisplay
= intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
22379 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay
);
22381 message_dolog_marker1
= Fmake_marker ();
22382 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1
);
22383 message_dolog_marker2
= Fmake_marker ();
22384 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2
);
22385 message_dolog_marker3
= Fmake_marker ();
22386 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3
);
22389 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
);
22390 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix
);
22391 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row
);
22392 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row
);
22393 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay
);
22394 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr
);
22396 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
22397 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed
);
22398 defsubr (&Slookup_image_map
);
22400 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line
);
22402 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
22403 Qmenu_bar_update_hook
= intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
22405 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
);
22406 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
= intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
22408 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map
);
22409 Qoverriding_local_map
= intern ("overriding-local-map");
22411 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions
);
22412 Qwindow_scroll_functions
= intern ("window-scroll-functions");
22414 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
);
22415 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
22417 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
);
22418 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
= intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
22420 QCdata
= intern (":data");
22421 staticpro (&QCdata
);
22422 Qdisplay
= intern ("display");
22423 staticpro (&Qdisplay
);
22424 Qspace_width
= intern ("space-width");
22425 staticpro (&Qspace_width
);
22426 Qraise
= intern ("raise");
22427 staticpro (&Qraise
);
22428 Qslice
= intern ("slice");
22429 staticpro (&Qslice
);
22430 Qspace
= intern ("space");
22431 staticpro (&Qspace
);
22432 Qmargin
= intern ("margin");
22433 staticpro (&Qmargin
);
22434 Qpointer
= intern ("pointer");
22435 staticpro (&Qpointer
);
22436 Qleft_margin
= intern ("left-margin");
22437 staticpro (&Qleft_margin
);
22438 Qright_margin
= intern ("right-margin");
22439 staticpro (&Qright_margin
);
22440 Qcenter
= intern ("center");
22441 staticpro (&Qcenter
);
22442 Qline_height
= intern ("line-height");
22443 staticpro (&Qline_height
);
22444 QCalign_to
= intern (":align-to");
22445 staticpro (&QCalign_to
);
22446 QCrelative_width
= intern (":relative-width");
22447 staticpro (&QCrelative_width
);
22448 QCrelative_height
= intern (":relative-height");
22449 staticpro (&QCrelative_height
);
22450 QCeval
= intern (":eval");
22451 staticpro (&QCeval
);
22452 QCpropertize
= intern (":propertize");
22453 staticpro (&QCpropertize
);
22454 QCfile
= intern (":file");
22455 staticpro (&QCfile
);
22456 Qfontified
= intern ("fontified");
22457 staticpro (&Qfontified
);
22458 Qfontification_functions
= intern ("fontification-functions");
22459 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions
);
22460 Qtrailing_whitespace
= intern ("trailing-whitespace");
22461 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace
);
22462 Qescape_glyph
= intern ("escape-glyph");
22463 staticpro (&Qescape_glyph
);
22464 Qimage
= intern ("image");
22465 staticpro (&Qimage
);
22466 QCmap
= intern (":map");
22467 staticpro (&QCmap
);
22468 QCpointer
= intern (":pointer");
22469 staticpro (&QCpointer
);
22470 Qrect
= intern ("rect");
22471 staticpro (&Qrect
);
22472 Qcircle
= intern ("circle");
22473 staticpro (&Qcircle
);
22474 Qpoly
= intern ("poly");
22475 staticpro (&Qpoly
);
22476 Qmessage_truncate_lines
= intern ("message-truncate-lines");
22477 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines
);
22478 Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
= intern ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows");
22479 staticpro (&Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
);
22480 Qgrow_only
= intern ("grow-only");
22481 staticpro (&Qgrow_only
);
22482 Qinhibit_menubar_update
= intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
22483 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update
);
22484 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= intern ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
22485 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
);
22486 Qposition
= intern ("position");
22487 staticpro (&Qposition
);
22488 Qbuffer_position
= intern ("buffer-position");
22489 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position
);
22490 Qobject
= intern ("object");
22491 staticpro (&Qobject
);
22492 Qbar
= intern ("bar");
22494 Qhbar
= intern ("hbar");
22495 staticpro (&Qhbar
);
22496 Qbox
= intern ("box");
22498 Qhollow
= intern ("hollow");
22499 staticpro (&Qhollow
);
22500 Qhand
= intern ("hand");
22501 staticpro (&Qhand
);
22502 Qarrow
= intern ("arrow");
22503 staticpro (&Qarrow
);
22504 Qtext
= intern ("text");
22505 staticpro (&Qtext
);
22506 Qrisky_local_variable
= intern ("risky-local-variable");
22507 staticpro (&Qrisky_local_variable
);
22508 Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
= intern ("inhibit-free-realized-faces");
22509 staticpro (&Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
);
22511 list_of_error
= Fcons (Fcons (intern ("error"),
22512 Fcons (intern ("void-variable"), Qnil
)),
22514 staticpro (&list_of_error
);
22516 Qlast_arrow_position
= intern ("last-arrow-position");
22517 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_position
);
22518 Qlast_arrow_string
= intern ("last-arrow-string");
22519 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_string
);
22521 Qoverlay_arrow_string
= intern ("overlay-arrow-string");
22522 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_string
);
22523 Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
= intern ("overlay-arrow-bitmap");
22524 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
);
22526 echo_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
22527 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[0]);
22528 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[1]);
22530 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
22531 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[0]);
22532 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[1]);
22534 Vmessages_buffer_name
= build_string ("*Messages*");
22535 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name
);
22537 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= Qnil
;
22538 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
22540 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
22541 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list
);
22543 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
22544 staticpro (&help_echo_string
);
22545 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
22546 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
22547 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
22548 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
22549 previous_help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
22550 staticpro (&previous_help_echo_string
);
22551 help_echo_pos
= -1;
22553 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
22554 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
22555 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
22556 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
22557 wide as that tab on the display. */);
22558 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
22561 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace
,
22562 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
22563 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
22564 Vshow_trailing_whitespace
= Qnil
;
22566 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-nonbreak-escape", &Vshow_nonbreak_escape
,
22567 doc
: /* *Non-nil means display escape character before non-break space and hyphen. */);
22568 Vshow_nonbreak_escape
= Qt
;
22570 DEFVAR_LISP ("void-text-area-pointer", &Vvoid_text_area_pointer
,
22571 doc
: /* *The pointer shape to show in void text areas.
22572 Nil means to show the text pointer. Other options are `arrow', `text',
22573 `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. */);
22574 Vvoid_text_area_pointer
= Qarrow
;
22576 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay
,
22577 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
22578 This is used for internal purposes. */);
22579 Vinhibit_redisplay
= Qnil
;
22581 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string
,
22582 doc
: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
22583 Vglobal_mode_string
= Qnil
;
22585 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position
,
22586 doc
: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
22587 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
22588 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
22589 Voverlay_arrow_position
= Qnil
;
22591 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string
,
22592 doc
: /* String to display as an arrow in non-window frames.
22593 See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
22594 Voverlay_arrow_string
= Qnil
;
22596 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-variable-list", &Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
,
22597 doc
: /* List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
22598 The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
22599 where to display overlay arrows. */);
22600 Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
22601 = Fcons (intern ("overlay-arrow-position"), Qnil
);
22603 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step
,
22604 doc
: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
22605 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
22606 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
22607 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
22608 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
22610 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively
,
22611 doc
: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
22612 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically
22613 in the window. */);
22614 scroll_conservatively
= 0;
22616 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin
,
22617 doc
: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
22618 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
22619 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
22622 DEFVAR_LISP ("display-pixels-per-inch", &Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
,
22623 doc
: /* Pixels per inch on current display.
22624 Value is a number or a cons (WIDTH-DPI . HEIGHT-DPI). */);
22625 Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
= make_float (72.0);
22628 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos
, doc
: /* Don't ask. */);
22631 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
22632 &truncate_partial_width_windows
,
22633 doc
: /* *Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide. */);
22634 truncate_partial_width_windows
= 1;
22636 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video
,
22637 doc
: /* nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
22638 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
22639 `header-line', or `menu' respectively. */);
22640 mode_line_inverse_video
= 1;
22642 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit
,
22643 doc
: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
22644 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
22645 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
22646 Vline_number_display_limit
= Qnil
;
22648 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
22649 &line_number_display_limit_width
,
22650 doc
: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
22651 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
22652 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
22653 line_number_display_limit_width
= 200;
22655 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows
,
22656 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
22657 highlight_nonselected_windows
= 0;
22659 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames
,
22660 doc
: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
22661 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
22662 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
22663 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
22665 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format
,
22666 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
22667 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
22668 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
22669 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
22670 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
22672 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format
,
22673 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
22674 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
22675 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
22676 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
22677 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
22679 = Vframe_title_format
22680 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
22681 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
22682 Fcons (Fcons (empty_string
,
22683 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
22684 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
22685 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
22689 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max
,
22690 doc
: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
22691 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
22692 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
22693 Vmessage_log_max
= make_number (50);
22695 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions
,
22696 doc
: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
22697 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
22698 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
22699 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
22700 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
22701 Vwindow_size_change_functions
= Qnil
;
22703 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions
,
22704 doc
: /* List of functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
22705 Each function is called with two arguments, the window
22706 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'
22707 is not valid when these functions are called. */);
22708 Vwindow_scroll_functions
= Qnil
;
22710 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window
,
22711 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
22712 mouse_autoselect_window
= 0;
22714 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p
,
22715 doc
: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
22716 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.
22717 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines
22719 auto_resize_tool_bars_p
= 1;
22721 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
,
22722 doc
: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
22723 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
= 1;
22725 DEFVAR_BOOL ("make-cursor-line-fully-visible", &make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
,
22726 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to scroll (recenter) cursor line if it is not fully visible. */);
22727 make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
= 1;
22729 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin
,
22730 doc
: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
22731 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
22732 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
22733 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
22734 vertical margin. */);
22735 Vtool_bar_button_margin
= make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN
);
22737 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief
,
22738 doc
: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
22739 tool_bar_button_relief
= DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
22741 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions
,
22742 doc
: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
22743 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
22744 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
22745 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
22746 Vfontification_functions
= Qnil
;
22747 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions
);
22749 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
22750 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment
,
22751 doc
: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
22752 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters
22753 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
22754 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
22755 displayed according to the current fontset. */);
22756 unibyte_display_via_language_environment
= 0;
22758 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height
,
22759 doc
: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
22760 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
22761 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
22762 Vmax_mini_window_height
= make_float (0.25);
22764 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows
,
22765 doc
: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
22766 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
22767 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
22768 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
22769 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
22770 go back to their normal size. */);
22771 Vresize_mini_windows
= Qgrow_only
;
22773 DEFVAR_LISP ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
22774 &Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows
,
22775 doc
: /* *Cursor type to display in non-selected windows.
22776 t means to use hollow box cursor. See `cursor-type' for other values. */);
22777 Vcursor_in_non_selected_windows
= Qt
;
22779 DEFVAR_LISP ("blink-cursor-alist", &Vblink_cursor_alist
,
22780 doc
: /* Alist specifying how to blink the cursor off.
22781 Each element has the form (ON-STATE . OFF-STATE). Whenever the
22782 `cursor-type' frame-parameter or variable equals ON-STATE,
22783 comparing using `equal', Emacs uses OFF-STATE to specify
22784 how to blink it off. */);
22785 Vblink_cursor_alist
= Qnil
;
22787 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", &automatic_hscrolling_p
,
22788 doc
: /* *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible. */);
22789 automatic_hscrolling_p
= 1;
22791 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", &hscroll_margin
,
22792 doc
: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
22793 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
22794 hscroll_margin
= 5;
22796 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", &Vhscroll_step
,
22797 doc
: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
22798 When point is less than `automatic-hscroll-margin' columns from the window
22799 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
22800 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
22801 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
22802 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
22803 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
22804 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
22806 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
22807 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
22808 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
22810 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
22811 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
22812 Vhscroll_step
= make_number (0);
22814 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines
,
22815 doc
: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
22816 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
22817 message_truncate_lines
= 0;
22819 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook
,
22820 doc
: /* Normal hook run to update the menu bar definitions.
22821 Redisplay runs this hook before it redisplays the menu bar.
22822 This is used to update submenus such as Buffers,
22823 whose contents depend on various data. */);
22824 Vmenu_bar_update_hook
= Qnil
;
22826 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update
,
22827 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
22828 inhibit_menubar_update
= 0;
22830 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
,
22831 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
22832 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= 0;
22834 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-free-realized-faces", &inhibit_free_realized_faces
,
22835 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't free realized faces. Internal use only. */);
22836 inhibit_free_realized_faces
= 0;
22839 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", &inhibit_try_window_id
,
22840 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
22841 inhibit_try_window_id
= 0;
22843 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", &inhibit_try_window_reusing
,
22844 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
22845 inhibit_try_window_reusing
= 0;
22847 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", &inhibit_try_cursor_movement
,
22848 doc
: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
22849 inhibit_try_cursor_movement
= 0;
22850 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
22854 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
22859 Lisp_Object root_window
;
22860 struct window
*mini_w
;
22862 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
22864 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
22866 mini_w
= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
);
22867 root_window
= FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w
)));
22869 if (!noninteractive
)
22871 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window
)));
22874 XWINDOW (root_window
)->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
));
22875 set_window_height (root_window
,
22876 FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
),
22878 mini_w
->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1);
22879 set_window_height (minibuf_window
, 1, 0);
22881 XWINDOW (root_window
)->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
22882 mini_w
->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
22884 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = scratch_glyphs
;
22885 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
+ 1]
22886 = scratch_glyphs
+ MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
;
22888 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
22889 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; ++i
)
22890 default_invis_vector
[i
] = make_number ('.');
22894 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
22895 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
22897 frame_title_buf
= (char *) xmalloc (size
);
22898 frame_title_buf_end
= frame_title_buf
+ size
;
22899 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
22902 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
22906 /* arch-tag: eacc864d-bb6a-4b74-894a-1a4399a1358b
22907 (do not change this comment) */